87 Air Conditioning

2008 Audi A6 Quattro
HVAC Heating Air Conditioning
HVAC
Heating Air Conditioning
01 - ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD)

AIR CONDITIONER ON BOARD DIAGNOSTICS (OBD)
Air conditioner On Board Diagnostics (OBD)
NOTE: There are various versions of the control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255. On replacement, attention must therefore be paid to
precise assignment Parts List.
Air conditioner On Board Diagnostics (OBD) is to be performed by way of
"Guided Fault Finding" function using Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 "Guided Fault
Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis
service system VAS 5051.
At present, control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
cannot be exchanged in the familiar manner, as component protection is
active "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
If control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is to be
replaced, check coding of J255 and adaptation of J255 prior to removal by
way of "Control module replacement" function in Guided Fault Finding
routine for this control and display unit "Guided Fault Finding" function of
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051
A/5052.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
Features
DTC memory is of nonvolatile type and is thus independent of power supply.

Data are transferred between control and display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 and Diagnostic
operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 in "Rapid data transfer" mode
"Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS
5051 A/5052.
Fault Read Out Device V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 cannot be used for performing
On Board Diagnostics (OBD) on this vehicle.
Tester displays differ and are governed by design and type of tester (e.g. VAS 5051 A/5052 , VAS
5052 ), software stored in these testers and version of software stored in control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255. Displays may therefore not be the same as those shown in this
information.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:39 AM
2:24:56 Page 1
Operation
The air conditioner control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is equipped with a DTC
memory.
Following data analysis, control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 distinguishes between
different DTCs --> DTC table and stores them until DTC memory is erased after checking "Guided Fault
Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
Malfunction recognition
Malfunctions occurring in monitored sensors and components are stored in DTC memory together with an
indication of the type of malfunction.
The first step in the fault-finding process is always to start On Board Diagnostics (OBD) and check the DTCs
stored. This can be implemented by way of the following:
Diagnostic operation system VAS 5051 A

Vehicle Diagnosis Service Syst. VAS 5052
The malfunction information displayed is used in conjunction with a DTC table (containing information on
possible causes of trouble) to perform pinpointed repair measures.
NOTE: If a malfunction situation exists for longer than a certain period, DTC is
stored as being static. If malfunction situation is then no longer detected
for a predetermined period, malfunction is reclassified as being sporadic.
This process is constantly repeated. Sporadic malfunctions are
additionally identified as such by /SP on the display.
A sporadic DTC is erased automatically if it no longer occurs for a
predetermined period.
The On Board Diagnostics (OBD) options can only be utilized at present by way of Diagnostic operation
On Board Diagnostics (OBD) is not restricted to storage, checking and erasing of DTCs and Output Diagnostic
Test Mode (DTM). It also offers Basic Setting, Control module identification, Read Measuring Value Block,
adaptation and coding functions "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
Available functions
Diagnostic operation Ignition on,

Engine Vehicle in
system/Vehicle diagnosis service engine not Example
idling operation
system VAS 5051 A/5052 running
Address words
--> Diagnostic operation
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 2
system/Vehicle diagnosis service

Air conditioner/heater
08 yes yes yes system VAS 5051 A/5052 ,
electronics
connecting and selecting functions
system/Vehicle diagnosis service
00 Automatic test sequence yes yes yes
system VAS 5051 A/5052 ,
Functions
Check Control Module system/Vehicle diagnosis service
01
Versions yes 1) yes 1) yes 1) system VAS 5051 A/5052 ,
02 Check DTC memory yes yes yes --> Check DTC memory
Output Diagnostic Test Mode no/yes --> Output Diagnostic Test Mode
03
(DTM) yes/no 2) 2) no 2) (DTM)
04 Basic Setting yes yes no --> Basic Setting
--> Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
05 Erase DTC memory yes yes yes memory, erasing and ending
output
06 End Output yes yes yes
--> Climatronic Control Module
07 Code Control Module yes yes no
J255 , coding
08 Read Measuring Value Block yes yes yes --> Read Measuring Value Block
--> Climatronic Control Module
10 Adaptation yes yes no
J255 , adaptation
*1) Control module version is always displayed on Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
system VAS 5051 A/5052 during On Board Diagnostics (OBD) process.
*2) Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) can only be implemented at vehicle speeds below 5 km/h "Guided
Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
Safety precautions
Pay attention to the following if testers and measuring instruments have to be used in the course of a test drive:
CAUTION: Always attach testers and measuring instruments to back seat and
have them operated from there by a second person.
If testers and measuring instruments were to be operated from the
front passengers seat, the person sitting there could suffer injury in
the event of an accident due to triggering of the front passengers
airbag.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD), PROCEDURE

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 3
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 , connecting and selecting functions
Vehicle power supply OK

Fuses OK --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
NOTE: The various functions of the Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle

diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 are described in the system
operating instructions.
Fig. 1: Connecting Data Link Connector (DLC)

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
With ignition off, connect Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051
A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable - 3 Meter VAS 5051/5A to 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) in vehicle.
Switch on ignition.
Or
Start engine.
NOTE: Pay attention to notes on Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) in --> Output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM).
Switch on air conditioner (set e.g. "Auto" mode on control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for drivers and front passengers
side) Owners manual.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 4
Fig. 2: Diagnostic System VAS 5051: Display

Select "Vehicle Self-Diagnosis" function on Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service

system VAS 5051 A/5052.
Fig. 3: Identifying Vehicle System Selection Prompt & "Scrolling" Bar

Select vehicle system required:
Select control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 by way of address word "08 - Air
conditioner/heater electronics".
NOTE: Vehicle system selection prompt appears in display zone - 1 -.

"Scrolling" screen display with bar - 2 - permits display of vehicle systems
(for all vehicle models and equipment levels) which are intended for On
Board Diagnostics (OBD) but are not currently visible on the screen.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 5
Fig. 4: Locating Control Module Identification With Code Indicated On The Display
Wait until "Select diagnostic function" appears in zone - 1 - of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 display.
NOTE: Control module identification now appears in display zone - 2 - of

A/5052.
Fig. 5: Identifying "Vehicle System Not Available" & "Diagnostic Bus Interrupted" On Diagnostic
Operation System VAS 5051A Display
Check the following if "Vehicle system not available" appears in zone - 1 - of Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 display:
Power supply to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 using wiring diagram -->
Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Wiring from 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) to Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533
5051 A/5052 and --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 6
Fig. 6: Identifying "Vehicle System Not Available" & "Diagnostic Bus Interrupted" On Diagnostic
Operation System VAS 5051A Display
Check the following if an additional display zone - 2 - with the message "Diagnostic bus malfunction"
and references to possible cause of trouble appears on Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis
service system VAS 5051 A/5052 display:
Power supply to 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) using wiring diagram --> Electrical Wiring
Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Voltage and condition of vehicle battery --> 27 - STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL
"Diagnostic bus malfunction" display with references to possible cause of trouble also appears on
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 if a problem has
occurred during On Board Diagnostics (OBD) or in the event of interruption of data exchange between
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 and control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Current screen display can be printed out by selecting "Print" function on Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 display.
Possible causes of trouble can be displayed by selecting "Help" function on Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 display.
Touching keys depicted on Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051
A/5052 display makes it possible to move forwards or backwards in program (arrow keys) or to switch
functions.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 7
Desired function can now be started by way of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
system VAS 5051 A/5052 display ( "Available functions" ).
Control module identification (in display zone - 2 - , example)
"08 - Air
conditioner/heater Vehicle system selected
electronics"
Software no. (not displayed with all versions at present) and hardware/part
no.; Assignment Parts List
Distinction between the following versions at the start of

production:
Distinction by way of part number
Part no. 4F1 820 043 X for left-hand drive vehicles

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 8
Distinction by way of part number index
Index "H" (or "B" for RHD) = version for vehicles with seat heating
(unit used for temperature indication is assigned by way of coding)
Index "J" (or "C" for RHD) = version for vehicles with seat heating
(unit used for temperature indication is assigned by way of coding)
"4F0 910 043 X" /
"4FX 820 043 X" Index "X" = version for vehicles for USA with no "Econ
button" (introduction and index not yet finalized) for vehicles with
no seat heating (unit used for temperature indication is assigned by
way of coding)
Index "X" = version for vehicles for USA with no "Econ
button" (introduction and index not yet finalized) for vehicles with
seat heating (unit used for temperature indication is assigned by way
of coding)
"Air conditioner
actuation" or Audi A6 control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
"Automatic AC"
Data level (hardware and software version) of control and display unit,
"XXXXXX" Climatronic Control Module J255
Coding of vehicle-specific equipment, e.g. "6" for Sedan with left-hand
Coding drive, 6-cyl. gasoline engine with Motronic injection and ignition system
"XXXXXXXX" (MPI = Multi Point Injection) with no further optional extras -->
Climatronic Control Module J255 , coding
Workshop code with which coding (or Basic Setting) was last performed
WSC X "XXXX" ( "00000" possibly aftermarket or replacement part)
NOTE: The Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 has been gradually
discontinued, on vehicles without this sensor, only the Climatronic
Control Module J255 with part no. 4F1 820 043 as of index "M" is or may be
installed Parts Catalog.
In vehicles without Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 , if a
Climatronic Control Module J255 with part no. 4F1 820 043 up to and
including index "L" is installed, the missing sensor is displayed as a
malfunction.
Climatronic Control Module J255 units with part no. 4F1 820 043 as of
index "M" have already been installed with gradual introduction as of
05.2005 also in vehicles with Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191
(sensor measured value is no longer required by this A/C control and
display unit for regulation and therefore is not evaluated).
CHECK DTC MEMORY
Check DTC memory
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 9
NOTE: This information only gives an outline of the "Check DTC memory"
function. When checking DTC memory by way of "Guided Fault Finding"
function, appropriate information is given on determining malfunction
location and on malfunction rectification "Guided Fault Finding" function
of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS
5051 A/5052.
In addition to the malfunction display, certain general and ambient
conditions under which malfunction occurred may be stored in control
module (e.g. mileage, time, date, engine temperature, battery voltage and
engine speed). This information is particularly useful for determining
sporadic malfunctions "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
DTC table for malfunction locations and types of malfunction relating to air
conditioner is contained in Guided Fault Finding routine "Guided Fault
service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
With ignition switched off, connect Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable - 3 Meter
VAS 5051/5A to 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) in vehicle and use
"Address word" 08 to select "Air conditioner/heater electronics" -->
A/5052 , connecting and selecting functions and "Guided Fault Finding"
function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Indicated on display of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 :
Select function "02 - Check DTC memory".
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 10
Fig. 10: Identifying Content Of DTC Memory & Identification Of Fault On Diagnostic System VAS 5051
Display
Number of stored DTCs appears in display zone - 1 -.

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC), malfunction location and type of DTCs stored appear in display zone - 2
-.
NOTE: Touch <-- key to return to selection program.

Touch --> key for display of general and ambient conditions under which
malfunction(s) occurred.
DTC "Test n. OK" is displayed if automatic test sequence was actuated as
part of function "Basic Setting 04" but either sequence was not completed
or a test condition was not satisfied --> Basic Setting.
DTC "Test n. OK" cannot be erased at present. Following successful
completion of Basic Setting in relevant display groups "003" and "004" (for
type of malfunction "Implausible signal" or "Upper limit value exceeded" ),
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 erases this
malfunction entry automatically --> Basic Setting. If a specified measured
value is not attained in the course of "Basic Setting" function, start by
eliminating cause of non-attainment of specification (e.g. inadequate
cooling output or no movement of control motor) and then perform "Basic
Setting" again.
Depending on version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 , it may be necessary to perform Basic Setting consecutively
in display groups "001" , "003" and "004" in order to erase malfunction
"Test n. OK " ( "Implausible signal" or "Upper limit value exceeded" ) -->
Basic Setting.
If Basic Setting procedure was started in display group "001" but not
completed (e.g. terminated by switching off ignition) or a specified value is
not attained, compressor cannot be switched on ( "Econ mode" warning
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 11
lamp cannot for example be switched off) --> Basic Setting.

With control and display units installed at beginning of production, the
Climatronic Control Module J255 (up to and including software version
"0060" ) DTCs may be stored at various control motors and at A/C
Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 under certain ambient conditions even
though there is no malfunction. If necessary, check function of any
components displayed as malfunctioning via the "Output Diagnostic Test
Mode (DTM)" and "Read measured value block" function and erase the
DTC if component function is OK.
Proceed as follows if no malfunction has been detected but there are
problems with air conditioner (e.g. constant or intermittent failure of
cooling output, inadequate system regulation, no control of fresh air
blower speed, "Econ mode" cannot be deactivated):
1. Read measured value block (function 08, e.g. display groups 001 and
002 if there is no air conditioner cooling action) --> Read Measuring Value
Block.
2. Perform Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) --> Output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM).
3. Check coding of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 (function 07) --> Climatronic Control Module J255 , coding.
4. Check adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 (function 10) --> Climatronic Control Module J255 ,
adaptation.
5. Check cooling/heat output of air conditioner --> Air conditioner,
checking cooling output or --> Heat output of air conditioner and operation
of pump valve unit, checking.
If malfunctions are found:
1. Rectify malfunction.
2. Check DTC memory (function 02) --> Check DTC memory.
3. Erase DTC memory (function 05) --> Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
memory, erasing and ending output.
4. Check coding of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 (function 07) --> Climatronic Control Module J255 , coding.
5. Perform Basic Setting (function 04) --> Basic Setting.
6. Check adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 (function 10) --> Climatronic Control Module J255 ,
adaptation.
7. Check DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 (function 02) --> Check DTC memory and if necessary rectify
malfunctions displayed, erase DTC memory (function 05) --> Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing and ending output and repeat
procedure.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 12
8. End output (function 06) --> Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory,
erasing and ending output.
End output (function 06).

Switch off ignition and unplug diagnostic connector.
OUTPUT DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE (DTM)
Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
NOTE: This information only gives an outline of the "Output Diagnostic Test
Mode (DTM)" function. When performing "Output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM)" function by way of Guided Fault Finding, appropriate information is
given on the function of the various components during Output Diagnostic
Test Mode (DTM) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
If a component cannot be actuated, e.g. on account of a malfunction,
"Function unknown or cannot be implemented at present" appears on
display.
If a component installed is not actuated, e.g. heated windshield or heated
seats, check coding of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255. Certain components are only actuated if they have been
entered by way of coding --> Climatronic Control Module J255 , coding.
Module J255 , all components possible with air conditioner are displayed
during Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) even if they are not installed in
vehicle with this version. Components which are not installed or not
encoded are however not actuated (skipped during Output Diagnostic Test
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 13
Mode (DTM)).
For component locations of components actuated, refer to --> A/C system
control and regulation components in engine compartment and rear body
(components for air conditioner control and regulation not in passenger
compartment) and --> A/C system control and regulation components in
passenger compartment (components for air conditioner control and
regulation in passenger compartment).
Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), initiating
Note the following as regards Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM):
During Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), displays of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 are blank.
Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) can only be implemented at vehicle speeds below 5 km/h.
If necessary, Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) can be repeated several times.
Component malfunctions which can be measured electrically are stored in the DTC memory.
Malfunctions in the various flap actuating elements for example cannot be detected. For this reason, the
various control motors are moved to a specified position during Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) and
the Fresh Air Blower V2 actuated at approx. 60% of maximum output. Flap actuation can then be
checked by observing the change in air distribution or the temperature of the outflowing air.
Air conditioner control action and display of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
are deactivated during Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM). The "segment test" function is the only
function during which the display segments of the control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 are actuated.
Air conditioner control motors are moved into a predetermined position by control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 after selecting "Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)" function. During
Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), it is therefore not necessary to wait for control motors to reach a
specified position.
The A/C system control motors are driven into a predetermined position by the control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 , after selecting the "Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)" function.
During the Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), it is therefore not necessary to wait until the control
motors have reached the pre-assigned position.
Request for actuation of radiator fans (0 to 100%) is transmitted by control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 to the relevant Engine Control Module (ECM). Fan is however only switched on by
Engine Control Module (ECM) when engine is running (depending on type and version of engine
installed in vehicle "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis
service system VAS 5051 A/5052 ).
Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), procedure
A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable - 3 Meter VAS 5051/5A to 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) in vehicle -
-> Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 , connecting and
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 14
selecting functions.
Switch on ignition/start engine.
NOTE: Switch on ignition (actuation of A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is

checked with engine not running) "Guided Fault Finding" function of
A/5052.
Start engine (for checking actuation of radiator fans) "Guided Fault
Switch on air conditioner (set e.g. "Auto" mode on control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for drivers and front passengers
side) Owners manual.
Use address word "08" to select "air conditioner/heater electronics" On
Board Diagnostics (OBD) --> Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 , connecting and selecting
functions.
Open passenger compartment vents (in instrument panel and center
console).
Check DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 --> Check DTC memory and "Guided Fault Finding" function
5051 A/5052.
Select function "03 - Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)".
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 15
Fig. 13: Identifying Display Field Showing Which Control Element Is Currently Being Activated & Gives
Consecutive List Of Control Elements Already Activated
Display zone - 1 - shows which component is currently being actuated (e.g. 1st component in test).
Display zone - 2 - gives a consecutive list of components already actuated and the one currently being
actuated. The one currently being actuated appears in the bottom line.
Touch --> key to select next component. For function and sequence of components actuated, refer to
5051 A/5052.
Fig. 14: Display, Showing Measured Value Block Assigned To Corresponding Component
NOTE: This display, showing measured value block assigned to corresponding

component, may also appear depending on version of Diagnostic
operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 ,
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and component
actuated.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 16
Module J255 , components not installed in vehicle (and also not entered by
way of coding) may be displayed for Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM).
These components can then not be activated and display can be ignored
(continue by pressing forward key).
Touch <-- key to return to selection program.
Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) can be terminated by pressing C key.
On completion of Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), check DTC memory
--> Check DTC memory.
If Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) is aborted, check DTC memory -->
Check DTC memory and read measured value block --> Read Measuring
Value Block.
BASIC SETTING
Basic Setting
NOTE: This information only gives an outline of the "Basic Setting" function.
Implement "Basic Setting" function as part of Guided Fault Finding routine
"Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
During "Basic Setting" function, display of control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 may be deactivated depending on
version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
If Basic Setting procedure is started in display group "003" or "004" , it
must be completely implemented. If it is terminated prematurely (e.g. by
switching off ignition) or if a specified measured value is not attained,
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 stores a DTC.
This DTC can only be erased if Basic Setting procedure is implemented in
full and specified measured values are actually attained.
If Basic Setting has not been implemented in display group "001" after
replacing control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 or if a
specified value is not attained during Basic Setting, compressor cannot be
switched on ( "Econ mode" warning lamp cannot be switched off).
If Basic Setting procedure was started in display group "001" but not
completed (e.g. terminated by switching off ignition) or a specified value is
not attained, compressor cannot be switched on ( "Econ mode" warning
lamp cannot be switched off).
Basic Setting, initiating
NOTE: Coding of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
checked and corrected if necessary --> Climatronic Control Module J255 ,
coding and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 17
Basic Setting in display group "002" continues until ignition is switched

off.
With ignition off, connect Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis
service system VAS 5051 A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable - 3 Meter VAS
5051/5A to 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) in vehicle --> Diagnostic
operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 ,
connecting and selecting functions.
Start engine if display groups "002" , "003" or "004" are to be selected.
Use address word "08" to select "air conditioner/heater electronics" -->
A/5052 , connecting and selecting functions.
Basic Setting, procedure
Control module for Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 OK, correctly encoded and adapted
5051 A/5052
DTC memory checked --> Check DTC memory , DTC displayed (except those relating to Basic Setting)
rectified and DTC memory erased --> Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing and ending
output
Air conditioner switched on (e.g. "Auto" mode set)
NOTE: During Basic Setting in display groups "001" , "003" and "004" , neither
ignition nor engine is to be switched off or function terminated (wait until
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 has completed
sequence). This is indicated on display of relevant tester (display of
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is additionally
re-activated).
If function cannot be started in display group "003" or "004" , check time
specified for these display groups in "Adaptation" function (adaptation
channels "44" and "45" --> Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation
and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 18
Select function "04 - Basic Setting".
Fig. 16: Identifying Diagnostic Operation System VAS 5051A (Prompt For Entering Display Group
Appears In Display Zone & Input Keypad Appears In Display Zone)
Prompt for entering display group appears in display zone - 1 -.

Input keypad appears in display zone - 2 -.
Use input keypad in display zone - 2 - to enter desired display group (e.g. "01" or "001" for "display
group number 001" ) and confirm by touching "Q key" (list of display groups available and functions ).
Example of display and sequence after selecting display group "001"
Activate function for example by pressing appropriate button on tester display.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 19
Fig. 17: Identifying Activated Control Motors & Feedback Value

The control motors installed are then actuated in the specified sequence.
End positions of control motors (resistance values in stop position) are stored in control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (resistance value of potentiometers in control motors) and used for further
control action.
Once control motors have reached both end stops, they are moved again from one stop to the other. During this
process, adjustment time is measured and stored in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
for use in the event of emergency operation.

Wait (depending on version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and tester model)
until e.g. "Test OK" , "Basic Setting OK" (or "0" for feedback values displayed) appears in display zone - 1 -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 20
NOTE: Display e.g. "Test OK" (in tester display zones) appears on completion of
Basic Setting. End of Basic Setting can also be seen from re-activation of
display of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Display indicating end of Basic Setting depends on version of control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and tester model "Guided
Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis
Touch <-- key to return to selection program.
If malfunction in control motor potentiometer is detected during Basic
Setting, substitute value is stored as adaptation value (learned value for
this potentiometer) and displayed in the appropriate measured value
block. The DTC "Upper limit value exceeded" or "Lower limit value
exceeded" is stored in the DTC memory for this control motor.

Touching the keys - 2 - permits switching to a different display group.

Touching the keys - 3 - permits switching to a different function (e.g. from "Basic Setting" to "Read
Measuring Value Block" and back again).
Check DTC memory --> Check DTC memory.
NOTE: If a malfunction has been detected and eliminated, Basic Setting is to be

repeated.
If specified values are not attained in display group "003" although air
conditioner cooling output is OK (e.g. on account of unfavorable ambient
conditions and a high ambient temperature), set engine speed of approx.
2000 RPM before starting Basic Setting and repeat Basic Setting at this
engine speed.
If specified values are not attained in display group "004" although air
conditioner cooling and heat output is OK (no air trapped in engine
coolant circuit and proper operation of pump valve unit with Coolant Pump
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 21
V50 , Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve
N176 ), set engine speed of approx. 2000 RPM before starting Basic
Setting and repeat Basic Setting at this engine speed.
If specified values are not attained in display group "003" or "004" or if
Basic Setting is not terminated automatically, check time specified for
these display groups in "Adaptation" function (adaptation channels "44"
and "45" --> Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation and "Guided
If specified values are not attained in display group "004" , check
temperature condition specified for these display groups in "Adaptation"
function (adaptation channel "46" ) --> Climatronic Control Module J255 ,
adaptation and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Terminate On Board Diagnostics (OBD) with control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 and "Guided Fault Finding" function of
A/5052.
List of available display groups
List of available display groups
Display
Basic Setting performed Function
group
Resistance values of potentiometers
installed in the various control motors
Control and display unit, Climatronic are stored for both end stops.
001 Control Module J255 actuates the various
air conditioner control motors such that If a resistance value is outside the
these reach both end stops. specified limits, this is stored as a DTC
in the control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255.
Following activation, control and display With display of control and display unit,
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 Climatronic Control Module J255 goes
requires approx. 1 to 2 min. for this out and just the background illumination
function (Basic Setting) remains lit.
Wait for completion of Basic Setting
procedure (control and display unit, With display of control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 Climatronic Control Module J255
transmits message "Basic Setting reappears.
performed" )
Display Basic Setting performed Function

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 22
group
Initialization of air
conditioner/compressor
On activation of "Basic Setting" function,
This display group is intended for control and display unit, Climatronic Control
initialization of air conditioner Module J255 makes the following settings:
(compressor) at the factory (no
relevance to service at present) A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is
actuated with approx. 650 mA.
For implementation of this Basic Temperature for drivers and front passengers
Setting, engine must be idling and side is set to " 22 ° C ".
instrument panel vents must be
open. Air distribution control motors are actuated
002 Compressor should run for at least such that air emerges from instrument panel
5 min. to allow refrigerant oil in vents
new compressor to be distributed Fresh Air Blower V2 is actuated at approx.
through the circuit 75% of maximum speed
This function remains active until "Auto" mode is set for both sides, temperature
ignition is switched off. At present, of " 22 ° C " appears on both displays and
it cannot be terminated by way of displays of control and display unit,
tester. Climatronic Control Module J255 flash (to
In the course of this function, indicate that Basic Setting function is currently
settings cannot be made on control in progress).
and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255.
Basic Setting is terminated and control and
Switch off ignition. display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
returns to fully operational status
Display
group
control and display unit, Climatronic
Cooling output check for air Control Module J255 makes the following
conditioner/compressor settings:
This display group is intended for A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is
003 initialization of air conditioner at the actuated with approx. 650 mA.
factory (no relevance to service at Temperature for drivers and front
present) passengers side is set to "Lo".
For implementation of this Basic Setting, Air distribution control motors are
engine must at least be idling and actuated such that air emerges from
instrument panel vents must be open. instrument panel vents
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 23
Sun roof, windows and doors must be Fresh Air Blower V2 is actuated at speed
closed so as to attain specified measured stored in control and display unit,
values at higher ambient temperature. Climatronic Control Module J255
(approx. 75%).
Following activation, control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Auto" mode is set for both sides, "Lo"
requires approx. 5 min. for this function temperature appears on both displays and
(Basic Setting) displays of control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 flash (to
indicate that Basic Setting function is
currently in progress).
If temperature stored in control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 is not reached or is undershot (less
than 1 ° C) at Evaporator Vent
Temperature Sensor G263 , Left Vent
Temperature Sensor G150 and Right Vent
Wait for completion of Basic Setting. Temperature Sensor G151 within approx.
5 minutes --> Read Measuring Value
If function is terminated, e.g. by Block (Read Measuring Value Block,
switching off ignition or if measured display groups "017" to "019" ) and
values are not OK, DTC "Test n. OK" or (checking cooling output), a DTC is stored
"System functional test" and type of in control and display unit, Climatronic
malfunction "Upper limit value Control Module J255.
exceeded" are stored in control and
display unit, Climatronic Control The following values must be attained at
Module J255. At present, this DTC can present depending on ambient
only be erased if this function is repeated temperature, e.g. approx. 6 ° C at 20 ° C
in its entirety and the temperature sensor and approx. 9 ° C at 35 ° C ambient
measured values are then OK. temperature.
If the specified values are not attained
with a properly functioning air
conditioner, e.g. on account of
unfavorable ambient conditions, repeat
this Basic Setting at an engine speed of
approx. 2000 RPM for example.
procedure (control and display unit,
Last valid display of control and display
Climatronic Control Module J255
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
transmits message "Basic Setting
reappears.
performed" , display on tester e.g. "Test
OK" ).
Display
group
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 24

control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 makes the following settings:
Interchange test for air conditioner control
motors and temperature sensors A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is
actuated with approx. 650 mA.
This display group is intended for air Temperature for drivers side (left) is set to
conditioner initialization at the "Lo" and for front passengers side to "Hi".
factory.
This function can be used by service Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 is
personnel to check for interchanged constantly actuated ( "closed" ) and Right
electrical connections on completion Heat Regulating Valve N176 is not actuated
of repair work (e.g. after installing ( "open" ) --> Read Measuring Value
004 Heating and A/C unit or replacing Block (Read Measuring Value Block,
control motor) display group "040" ).
Air distribution control motors are actuated
For implementation of this Basic by control and display unit, Climatronic
Setting, engine must be warm and Control Module J255 such that they reach
idling and instrument panel vents must position specified in control and display unit,
be open. Climatronic Control Module J255 --> Read
Measuring Value Block (Read Measuring
Following activation, control and Value Block, display groups "003" to
display unit, Climatronic Control "015" ).
Module J255 requires approx. 3 min.
for this function (Basic Setting) Fresh Air Blower V2 is actuated at speed
stored in control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (approx.
75%).
Wait for completion of Basic Setting "Auto" mode is set for both sides, "Lo"
procedure (control and display unit, temperature is displayed for one side and
Climatronic Control Module J255 "Hi" for other side and displays of control
transmits message "Basic Setting and display unit, Climatronic Control
performed" , display on tester e.g. Module J255 flash (to indicate that Basic
"Test OK" ). Setting function is currently in progress).
The measured values of the various

temperature sensors in the Heating and A/C
unit are compared to the specifications
stored for this flap position in the control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255.
If function is terminated, e.g. by If, within approx. 1 minute, a temperature
switching off ignition or if measured value is not attained (e.g. on account of
values are not OK, DTC "Test n. OK" interchanged electrical connection) or if
or "System functional test" and type of Basic Setting is terminated prematurely, a
malfunction "Upper limit value DTC is stored in control and display unit,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 25
exceeded" are stored in control and Climatronic Control Module J255.

display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255. At present, this DTC If values are not attained, check adaptation
can only be erased if this function is in adaptation channels "45" and
repeated in its entirety and the "46" (adaptation) --> Climatronic Control
temperature sensor measured values Module J255 , adaptation measured values
are then OK. in display groups "017" to "019" --> Read
Measuring Value Block (Read Measuring
Value Block) and perform Output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) --> Output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) and "Guided
Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
procedure (control and display unit, Last valid display of control and display
Climatronic Control Module J255 unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
transmits message "Basic Setting reappears.
performed" )
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) MEMORY, ERASING AND ENDING OUTPUT
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing and ending output
A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable - 3 Meter VAS 5051/5A --> Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 , connecting and selecting functions and "Guided Fault
Functions - "Erase DTC memory and End Output" , initiating
NOTE: DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
checked --> Check DTC memory and all displayed DTCs rectified
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 26
Use address word "08" to select "air conditioner/heater electronics" (control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 ) --> Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051
A/5052 , connecting and selecting functions.
Select function "02 - Check DTC memory".
Display zone - 1 - indicates "No malfunction present".
Terminate function "02 - Check DTC memory".
Function - "Erase DTC memory" , initiating
Select function "05 - Erase DTC memory".
Fig. 22: Diagnostic System VAS 5051: Display

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 27
If a DTC has been stored, a box appears in display zone - 2 - with the message that touching "O.K." key
will cause (DTC memory) data to be erased and requesting confirmation that function is to be executed.
NOTE: If zone - 1 - displays message "DTC memory not yet checked"

Check DTC memory.
Rectify any malfunctions.
DTC memory is not erased if, for example, ignition is switched off between
checking and erasing DTC memory.
On display of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
system VAS 5051 A/5052 , touch "O.K." box in zone - 2 -.
As soon as DTC memory has been erased, zone - 1 - displays message "DTC memory erased".
On display of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 , touch
box with <-- key.
Terminate On Board Diagnostics (OBD) with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Function - "End Output" , initiating
NOTE: DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
checked and erased, Basic Setting performed and coding of control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 checked --> Climatronic
Control Module J255 , coding
Adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
checked --> Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 28
Select function "06 - End Output".
Fig. 24: Identifying Vehicle System Selection Prompt & "Scrolling" Bar
Wait until this display (start menu) appears on Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
Switch off ignition and unplug diagnostic connector.
CLIMATRONIC CONTROL MODULE J255 , CODING
Climatronic Control Module J255 , coding
NOTE: This information only gives an outline of "Coding" function for control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255. Basic Setting and coding
are to be performed using "Guided Fault Finding function" "Guided Fault
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 can only be
encoded if Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 has been
correctly encoded and adapted (this is particularly important if Data Bus
On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 and control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 are replaced at the same time) "Guided
The code for the control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
is made up of 3 parts, the sum of which forms the overall code. As it is
easy to make mistakes when entering code directly, it is advisable to
always perform coding by way of "Guided Fault Finding function" "Guided
The coding table below shows the code applicable at the start of
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 29
production.
Coding table
Coding table for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
The overall code is the sum of the individual codes (code number for code "1" plus code number
for code "2" plus code number for code "3" )
Code "3" Code "2" Code "1"
XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX
Code for number of cylinders, type of engine and country version -->
Code "1" table (number of cylinders, type of engine and country
version) (Code "1" table)
Example for vehicle with 6-cyl. gasoline engine for rest of world (e.g.
Germany) "6"
Code for body version (body type and steering arrangement) and certain optional
extras --> Code "2" table (body version and certain optional extras) (Code "2"
table)
Example for Audi A6 Sedan with left-hand drive and optional extras "Sun roof
with solar cells" and "Auxiliary heater" "6144" (not for USA)
Code for type of fuel injection and optional extras which are currently not yet available/not all of
which are available (introduction not yet finalized) --> Planned code "3" table (type of fuel
injection and certain optional extras) (Code "3" table)
NOTE: Example of overall code for Sedan with left-hand drive, 6-cyl. gasoline
engine with Motronic injection and ignition system (MPI = Multi Point
Injection) and no further optional extras for rest of world (e.g. Germany):
Overall code "6" (sum of code "1" = "6" plus code "2" = "0" plus code "3"
= "0" )
Code "1" table (number of cylinders, type of engine and country version)
NOTE: If the following table contains a "0" for an engine or optional extra, this
code number is not to be added to the total.
If the following table contains a "1" for an engine or optional extra, this
code number is to be added to the total.
Code for number of cylinders, type of engine and country

Code "1"
version
Code number (for conversion if use is
not being made of "Guided Fault
Finding" function for coding)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 30
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
0 Blank space (no assignment, code number "0" )
Number of cylinders
0 1 0 4-cyl. engine (code number "4" )
1 0 1 10-cyl. engine (code number "10"
Type of engine (type of fuel)
0 Gasoline engine (code number "0" )
Country version
Rest of world (code number "0" )
Code for all countries except USA, Japan and China

0 0 0
At present, vehicles for "hot countries " (assignment via
factory code) and China are encoded as for rest of world.
USA (code number "32" )
Difference from code for rest of world

0 0 1
Temperature is displayed in ° F rather than ° C
In summer mode, air conditioner is regulated to a
somewhat colder characteristic curve
Japan (code number "64" ) and (China)
Difference from code for rest of world

0 1 0 Temperature is displayed in ° F rather than ° C
"Recirculated-air mode" function is stored when ignition
is switched off and re-activated when ignition is switched
on if this mode had been active on switch-off
China (code number "96" )
0 1 1 Not used at present (introduction not yet finalized)
At present, vehicles for China are encoded as for Japan

Hot country (code number "124" )
Not used at present (introduction not yet finalized)

1 0 0
At present, vehicles for "hot countries " (assignment via
factory code) are encoded as for rest of world
In future, the following countries/regions will
additionally be encoded as "hot countries" : Greece, Italy,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 31
Portugal, Spain, all Asian, American (except USA) and

African nations
With this code, air conditioner regulation and radiator fan

actuation are controlled by way of a different
characteristic curve (geared to higher ambient
temperatures)
NOTE: Example of code "1" for vehicle with 6-cyl. gasoline engine for Germany
Code "1" = "6" (0 x 1 plus 1 x 2 plus 1 x 4 plus 0 x 8 etc.)
Code "2" table (body version and certain optional extras)
NOTE: If the following table contains a "0" for a body version or optional extra,
this code number is not to be added to the total.
If the following table contains a "1" for a body version or optional extra,
this code number is to be added to the total.
Code for body version, body type and certain

Code "2"
optional extras
Code number (for conversion if use is not being
made of "Guided Fault Finding" function for coding)
32768 16384 8192 4096 2048 1024 512 256
Body version
0 0 Sedan (code number "0" )
0 1 Avant (code number "256" )
Steering arrangement
At present, this code is specified by way of part number and

cannot/is not to be altered (different versions of control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for left-hand and
right-hand drive vehicles) Parts List
0 Left-hand drive vehicle (code number "0" )
1 Right-hand drive vehicle (code number "1024" )
Optional extras
No factory-installed auxiliary heater (code
0
number "0" ) (not for USA)
With factory-installed auxiliary heater (code
number "2048" ) (not for USA)
With code "1" (auxiliary heater installed),

system attempts to exchange information
with Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 32
on convenience CAN-Bus (not for USA).

DTC is stored in DTC memory if Auxiliary
Heater Control Module J364 fails to respond
(not for USA).
At present, only a factory-installed auxiliary

1 heater may be encoded (not for USA)
At present, service installed auxiliary heaters
are not to be connected to CAN-Bus system
and are therefore not to be encoded and
relevant auxiliary heater installation
instructions (not for USA).
No sun roof with solar cells installed (code
0
number "0" )
Sun roof with solar cells installed (code number
"4096" )
With code "1" (sun roof with solar cells

1
installed), various control motors are
actuated after switching off ignition to move
flaps actuated by these control motors to
position specified for solar mode.
No electric rear window sun blind installed (code
0
number "0" )
Electric rear window sun blind installed (code
number "8192" )
1
Electric rear window sun blind and thus Rear
Window Shade Switch (rear) E385 installed
No Air Ionization Module J707 installed (code
number "0" )
At present, this code is to be entered for all

vehicles regardless of version
Code "1" is not permitted; introduction of
Air Ionization Module J707 as optional extra
0 has not yet been finalized.
With code "1" (air ionization system

installed), system attempts to exchange
information on air conditioner data bus
system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-
Bus)" with Air Ionization Module J707.
DTC is stored in DTC memory if Air
Ionization Module J707 fails to respond.
No Heated Windshield Z2 installed (code number
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 33
"0" )
At present, this code is to be entered for all

vehicles regardless of version
Code "1" is not permitted; introduction of
Heated Windshield Z2 as optional extra has
not yet been finalized.
0
With code "1" ( Heated Windshield Z2
installed), system attempts to exchange
information on air conditioner data bus
system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-
Bus)" with Heated Windshield Control
Module J505. DTC is stored in DTC
memory if Heated Windshield Control
Module J505 fails to respond.
NOTE: Example of code "2" for Sedan with left-hand drive and no further optional
extras
Code "2" = "0" (0 x 256 plus 0 x 512 plus etc.)
Example of code "2" for Sedan with left-hand drive and "sun roof with
solar cells" as optional extra
Code "2" = "4096" (0 x 256 plus 0 x 512 plus 0 x 1024 plus 0 x 2048 plus 1 x
4096 plus 0 x 8192 etc.)
Planned code "3" table (type of fuel injection and certain optional extras)
NOTE: Until the introduction (still to be finalized) of the optional extras listed in
the following table, a "0" is to be entered in place of each optional extra.
If the following table contains a "0" for an engine version or optional extra,
this code number is not to be added to the total.
If the following table contains a "1" for an engine version (e.g. direct
injection gasoline engine installed), this code number is to be added to the
total.
Code for type of fuel injection and

Code "3"
certain optional extras
Code number (for conversion if use is not being made of "Guided
Fault Finding" function for coding)
8388608 4194304 2097152 1048576 524288 262144 131072 65536
Optional extras
(introduction not yet
finalized)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:40 AM Page 34
No fingerprint driver identification

system installed (fingerprint "one-
touch memory" , code number "0" )
At present, this code is to be

0 entered for all vehicles
regardless of version
Code "1" is not permitted;
introduction of "one-touch
memory" as optional extra
has not yet been finalized.
No Rear A/C Control Head
(Climatronic) E265 installed (code
number "0" )

entered for all vehicles
0 0 regardless of version
Code "XX" is not permitted;
code will not be stipulated
until introduction (not yet
finalized) of Rear A/C
Control Head (Climatronic)
E265 as optional extra.
Type of engine (type of fuel) and type of fuel injection
Gasoline engine with
Motronic injection and
0 ignition system (MPI = Multi
Point Injection) installed
(code number "0" )
Gasoline engine with

gasoline direct injection (FSI
= Fuel Stratified Injection)
installed (code number
"524288" )
1 With code "1" , mixture

formation is altered with cold
engine, for example,
resulting in more rapid
heating of coolant and thus
enhanced heat output. For
further information, refer to
"Guided Fault Finding"
function of Diagnostic
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 35
operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system
VAS 5051 A/5052
With code "1" , use is made
of a different transmission
ratio (between engine and
compressor) for example for
calculation of compressor
torque
Optional extras (introduction not yet finalized)
Vehicle with no special type and
design of seats (code number "0" )

entered for all seats
0 regardless of type
Code "1" is not permitted;
finalized) of optional extra.
Vehicle with no special type and
design of rear window (vehicle
glazing, code number "0" )

entered for all rear windows
0 0 (vehicle glazing) regardless
of type
Code "XX" is not permitted;
finalized) of optional extra.
Type of On Board Diagnostics (OBD) code word log
At present only one code
word log is available and "0"
0 is therefore always to be
entered here (code number
"0" )
NOTE: Example of code "3" for vehicle with gasoline engine with Motronic
injection and ignition system (MPI = Multi Point Injection)
Code "3" = "0" (0 x 65536 plus 0 x 131072 etc.)
Example of code "3" for vehicle with direct gasoline injection engine (FSI =
Fuel Stratified Injection)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 36
Code "3" = "524288" (0 x 65536 plus 0 x 131072 plus 0 x 262144 plus 1 x

524288 plus 0 x 1048576 etc.)
The optional extras listed in this coding table will not be available at the
start of production (introduction not yet finalized)
READ MEASURING VALUE BLOCK
Read Measuring Value Block
NOTE: This information lists the various measured value blocks for information
purposes only. When implementing the "Read Measuring Value Block"
function as part of "Guided Fault Finding" , an explanation is given of the
appropriate measured values in addition to notes on the function of the
various components "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
For component locations of components actuated, refer to --> A/C system
control and regulation components in engine compartment and rear body
(components for air conditioner control and regulation not in passenger
compartment) and --> A/C system control and regulation components in
passenger compartment (components for air conditioner control and
regulation in passenger compartment).
Depending on the position of the control motor, the various flaps are
closed or opened over the control motor adjustment range by way of the
installed connecting elements (cam plates, gear mechanisms and levers)
If a value of greater than "250" (open circuit or fault in Ground (GND)
connection) or less than "5" (open circuit, fault in 5V supply voltage or
short to Ground (GND)) is displayed for one (or several) potentiometer(s)
in one (or more) control motor(s), this is an indication of a fault in the
wiring to the control motor or in the potentiometer of the or a control
motor (same positive supply or Ground (GND) connection).
If the value displayed for a control motor is outside the permitted range,
check assignment of levers and specified installation of lever in control
motor (can also be forced into position in control motor shaft when turned
through 180 ° ), as well as connection of gear elem ents and cam plates
linking control motor shaft to flap(s).
If a permissible value cannot be determined for a potentiometer in a
control motor during "Basic Setting" function, a substitute value is
indicated in the display group for this control motor and a DTC stored in
the DTC memory. This substitute value (approx. mid position in
permissible tolerance range) is used by control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 to control flap position in emergency
operation.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 37

Module J255 , measured value block reading may be "On" or "1" and "Off"
or "0".
Climatronic Control Module J255 , Read Measuring Value Block
A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable - 3 Meter VAS 5051/5A to 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) in vehicle -
-> Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 , connecting and
selecting functions.
Switch on ignition or start engine.
Switch on air conditioner (set e.g. "Auto" mode on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 for drivers and front passengers side Owners manual.
Use address word "08" to select air conditioner/heater electronics --> Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 , connecting and selecting functions.
Check DTC memory --> Check DTC memory.

Select function "08 - Read Measuring Value Block".
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 38
Fig. 26: Identifying Prompt For Entering Display Group Appears In Display Zone & Input Keypad
Appears In Display Zone
Prompt for entering display group appears in display zone - 1 -.

Input keypad appears in display zone - 2 -.
Fig. 27: Identifying Prompt For Entering Display Group Appears In Display Zone & Input Keypad
Appears In Display Zone
Use input keypad in display zone - 2 - to enter desired display group number (e.g. "001" or "01" for
"display group 001" ) and confirm by touching Q-key.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 39
Fig. 28: Identifying Display Group Selected Appears In Zone & Values For Four Display Zones Appear
In Zone
Display group selected appears in zone - 1 -.

The values for the four display zones appear in zone - 2 - :
Value for display zone "1" appears on first line.

Values for respective display zones appear on second, third and fourth lines.
Line remains blank if a display zone is not used.
Touching the keys - 3 - permits switching to a different display group.

Touching the keys - 4 - permits switching to a different function (e.g. from "Read Measuring Value
Block" to "Basic Setting" and back again).
Enter desired display group number.
List of available display group numbers --> List of available display group numbers
List of available display group numbers
Display
Information content
group
Actuation of A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280
001
Signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
002 Compressor shutoff conditions
003 to 0 12 Feedback values of potentiometers in the various control motors
013 and 014 Display groups not used at present
015 Feedback value of potentiometer in Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213
Position of potentiometers in center instrument panel vent flaps

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 40
Power supply for potentiometers (in control motors), temperature sensors and
016 senders
Voltage at terminal "15"

Measured values of the various temperature sensors
017 to 019 Speed of Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42
Request for idling-speed increase

Engine speed
020 Vehicle speed
Calculated compressor torque

Actuation of seat ventilation (introduction not yet finalized)
021
Lighting status display (terminals "58d" and "58s" )
Coolant Fan V7 actuation status
022 Signal from Air Quality Sensor G238
Recirculated-air mode status
Display
Information content
group
Status display for heated rear window
023
Switching status of Rear Window Shade Switch (rear) E385
024 Signal from Sunlight Photo Sensor G107
Power supply for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
025 Terminals "15" , "75" and "30"
Signal from service installed auxiliary heater (not for USA)

Vehicle standing time
026 Wiper switching status
Actuation of heated seats

027 and 028 Seat heating status displays
029 to 031 Auxiliary and supplementary heater status displays (not for USA)
Ignition key assignment
032
Fingerprint driver identification (fingerprint, "one-touch memory" )
Energy Management Control Module J644 status displays
033 and 035
Electrical equipment shutoff due to electrical system overload
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 41
036 and 037 Convenience CAN-Bus system status displays

Signal from humidity sender (installed in control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 )
038 and 039 Display need only be followed on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic
Signal for reversing light actuation

Actuation of pump valve unit components
040 Coolant Pump V50
Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176
041 Display group not used at present (display = "Not used" or "Display group not available" )
Measured values of Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
042 to 044
Actuation of Fresh Air Blower V2
Measured value
Information content
block
Measured values of Heated Windshield Control Module J505
045 and 046
Actuation of Heated Windshield Z2
Software and hardware number for
047 Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
Heated Windshield Control Module J505
Display groups not used at present (display = "Not used" or "Display group not
048 and 049
available" )
050 Coding of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
051 and 052 Status displays for Air Ionization Module J707 (introduction not yet finalized)
Status display for speed of Coolant Pump V50
053 and 054
Status display for signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
055 to 068
available" )
available" )
069 and 070 Intended for On Board Diagnostics (OBD) of control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 without diagnosis tester
Intended for design data of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255
078 Temperature regulation indices
Display group not used at present (display = "Not used" or "Display group not
079
available" )
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 42
Display groups for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 currently
not intended for service use
080 to 082
Control and display unit manufacturer codes
Hardware number, software number, chassis number etc.
Display group "001"
Display group Display

Designation
number zone
Control current for actuating A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 in
amps
Current flowing via A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280
Display = "less than 0.050 A"

001 1
Compressor switched off
Display = "0.300 A to 0.650 (1.0) A"
Compressor in control mode; control current is governed by

cooling output required
Actuation of A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 in %
Ratio of actuation signal
Display = "0%"
2
Compressor switched off
Display = "30 to 40% to 100%"
Compressor in control mode
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Display zone not used
Display = "Not used" (or display zone blank)
Signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 is indicated in display

group "054".
A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 exchanges information by way of air
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 43
conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" with

control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255. Audi A6 is
therefore not to be installed with High Pressure Sensor G65 (only emits
square-wave signals) Parts List
001 3
Pressure signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 is evaluated by
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and the calculated
pressure displayed in zone "4".

Designation
number zone
Pressure in refrigerant circuit in bar
Calculated by way of signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395

by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Display = "less than 2.6 bar or greater than 29 bar" (even briefly)
001 4
Pressure in refrigerant circuit too low (system empty) or too high
A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 malfunctioning
Display = "2.6 bar to 29 bar"
Pressure in refrigerant circuit in permissible range
NOTE: In the event of a compressor shutoff condition (Display group 002), A/C
Compressor Regulator Valve N280 cannot be actuated even during Output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) --> Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM).
If no pressure signal is detected from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor
G395 , A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 must not be actuated.
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 uses signal to
calculate pressure in refrigerant circuit.
If refrigerant circuit has been properly charged, pressure settles at 2.6 bar
at a temperature of -3 ° C. To avoid a DTC being st ored at low
temperatures, control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
only recognizes a malfunction in the refrigerant circuit at pressures of less
than 1.8 bar (attained at -12 ° C). Measured value of A/C
Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 is however no longer evaluated at this
temperature.
The Audi A6 is installed with a A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
which exchanges information by way of the air conditioner data bus
system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" with the control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255. The Audi A6 is therefore
not to be installed with a High Pressure Sensor G65 (this emits square-
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 44
wave signal). Attention is therefore to be paid to correct part number. The

two components cannot always be distinguished from the housing.
The permissible specifications can be found in the table stored in the
"Guided Fault Finding" function "Guided Fault Finding" function of
A/5052.
Display group "002"
Display group number Display zone Designation

Currently valid compressor shutoff condition
002 1 Display = "XX"
Explanatory notes
Last compressor shutoff condition
2 Display = "XX"
Explanatory notes
Last but one compressor shutoff condition
3 Display = "XX"
Explanatory notes
Third last compressor shutoff condition
4 Display = "XX"
Explanatory notes
NOTE: Further notes on compressor shutoff conditions can be found in table

stored in "Guided Fault Finding" function "Guided Fault Finding" function
5051 A/5052.
In display zones "2" , "3" and "4" only the shutoff conditions marked with
an " * " in the following table are entered at present and entry is only made
if shutoff condition is present for more than 20 s (shutoff condition "12"
longer than 12 s).
Module J255 (software version), compressor shutoff conditions in display
zones "2" to "4" are not always cancelled on erasing DTC memory.
Attention should therefore always be paid to corresponding entry in DTC
memory.
Explanatory notes on compressor shutoff condition in display group "002"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 45
Display in
Compressor shutoff condition
zones "1" to "4"
Compressor on
No compressor shutoff condition detected

0
Depending on version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 , "0" is displayed here with engine stopped although compressor is not
actuated
Compressor off
1"*"
Pressure in refrigerant circuit has been or is too high
Compressor off
2
Basic Setting of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 not
implemented or not performed properly --> Basic Setting
Compressor off
3"*"
Pressure in refrigerant circuit too low
Compressor off
4
Engine not running or in operation for less than 2 s
Compressor off
5 Engine speed less than 300 RPM

J255 , "0" may be displayed instead of "5" with engine stopped
Compressor off
6
Compressor shut off by way of "Econ" function
Compressor off
7
Compressor shut off by way of "OFF" function
Compressor off
8
Ambient temperature measured had been less than + 2 ° C and is still less than + 5
° C (no request for recirculated-air mode)
Compressor off
9
No display at present
Compressor off
10 " * "
Electrical system voltage less than 9.5 V
Display in
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 46
zones "1"
Compressor shutoff condition
to "4"
Compressor off
11 " * "
Coolant temperature too high (currently greater than approx. 118 ° C)
Compressor off
12 " * "
On account of request from Engine Control Module (ECM) (by way of CAN-Bus
system)
Compressor off
On account of problem with signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395

13
Depending on version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ,
this shutoff condition may be displayed when ignition is switched off although there is
no malfunction present (if applicable, restart engine and switch on air conditioner)
Compressor off
14 " * "
On account of malfunction in convenience CAN-Bus system
Compressor off
15
Pressure in refrigerant circuit too high at least 30 times during driving cycle
Compressor off
16
Measured temperature downstream of evaporator less than 0 ° C for more than one
minute
Compressor off
17
Measured temperature downstream of evaporator less than -5 ° C
Compressor off
18 " * " No valid ambient temperature measured value available; both ambient temperature
sensors ( Outside Air Temperature Sensor G17 and Fresh Air Intake Duct Temperature
Sensor G89 ) possibly malfunctioning
Compressor off
19 " * "
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 switched on by way of
"auxiliary heater" function (not for USA)
Compressor off
Display not used at present

20 " * " Intended for compressor actuation at reduced power (request for reduction in
compressor torque received from relevant Engine Control Module (ECM), compressor
regulating valve then only actuated with approx. 300 mA) or for compressor off
(energy saving request received from Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519
or Energy Management Control Module J644 )
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 47
Display in
zones "1" to Compressor shutoff condition
"4"
Compressor off
Ambient temperature measured had been less than -8 ° C and is still less than -5 ° C
21
(no request for autom. recirculated-air mode) or ambient temperature measured had
been less than + 2 ° C and is still less than + 5 ° C and "autom. recirculated-air mode"
function is not active
Compressor off
22 Passenger compartment temperature measured is less than 8 ° C, ambient temperature

measured had been less than -8 ° C and is still less than -5 ° C (no request for
recirculated-air mode)
Compressor off
23 Malfunction message for actuation of radiator fans transmitted via CAN-Bus system
(e.g. by relevant Engine Control Module (ECM)) and received by control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Compressor off
24
Compressor off
25
Display groups "003" to "012"

Designation
number zone
Recirculation Flap Motor V113
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Recirculation Flap Motor Position Sensor G143

(specification: "10 to 250" )
Display zone "2"

003 1 to 4
Specified feedback value of Recirculation Flap Motor Position Sensor
G143 (specification: "6 to 254" )
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Recirculation Flap Motor Position Sensor

G143 at lower stop (flap closed, fresh-air mode, specification "10 to 55" )
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 48
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Recirculation Flap Motor Position Sensor

G143 at upper stop (flap open, recirculated-air mode, specification "200
to 250" )
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Air Flow Flap Motor V71
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Back Pressure Flap Motor Position Sensor G113
Display zone "2"
Specified feedback value of Back Pressure Flap Motor Position Sensor

004 1 to 4
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Back Pressure Flap Motor Position Sensor

G113 at lower stop (air flow flap/fresh-air flap closed, recirculated-air
mode, specification: "15 to 65" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Back Pressure Flap Motor Position Sensor

G113 at upper stop (air flow/fresh-air flaps open, fresh-air mode,
specification: "190 to 245" )

Designation
number zone
Defroster Flap Motor V107
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Defroster Flap Motor Position Sensor G135

Display zone "2"
Specified feedback value of Defroster Flap Motor Position Sensor G135

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 49
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Defroster Flap Motor Position Sensor G135 at

005 1 to 4 lower stop (flap to windshield vent closed, specification: "20 to 70" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Defroster Flap Motor Position Sensor G135 at

upper stop (flap to windshield vent open, specification: "190 to 245" )
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Left Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V237
On vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module

J255 , this control motor actuates flap for "left upper body vent".
This control motor is installed on left of Heating and A/C unit.
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Left Front Upper Body Outlet Position Sensor
Display zone "2"
006 1 to 4 Specified feedback value of Left Front Upper Body Outlet Position Sensor
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Left Front Upper Body Outlet Position Sensor
G387 at lower stop (flap for "left" or "left and right" upper body vent
closed, specification: "20 to 70" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Left Front Upper Body Outlet Position Sensor
G387 at upper stop (flap for "left" or "left and right" upper body vent open,
Display
Display Designation
zone
group
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 50
number
Right Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V238
This control motor is only installed on vehicles with control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and actuates flap for "right upper
body vent".
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Right Front Upper Body Outlet Position Sensor
Display zone "2"
007 1 to 4 Specified feedback value of Right Front Upper Body Outlet Position
Sensor G388 (specification: "6 to 254" )
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Right Front Upper Body Outlet Position Sensor
G388 at lower stop (flap for "right" upper body vent closed, specification:
"15 to 70" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Right Front Upper Body Outlet Position Sensor
G388 at upper stop (flap for "right" upper body vent open, specification:
"195 to 250" )
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Left Footwell Flap Motor V108
On vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module

J255 , this control motor actuates "left" footwell flap.
This control motor is installed to left of Heating and A/C unit.
008 1 to 4 Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Left Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor G139
Display zone "2"
Specified feedback value of Left Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 51
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Left Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor

G139 at lower stop ( "left" or "left and right" footwell flap closed,
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Left Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor

G139 at upper stop ( "left" or "left and right" footwell flap open,

Designation
number zone
Right Footwell Flap Motor V109
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and actuates "right" footwell flap.
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Right Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor

Display zone "2"
Specified feedback value of Right Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor

009 1 to 4 G140 (specification: "6 to 254" )
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Right Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor

G140 at lower stop ( "right" footwell flap closed, specification: "20 to
70" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Right Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor

G140 at upper stop ( "right" footwell flap open, specification: "190 to
245" )

Designation
number zone
Center Vent Adjustment Motor V102

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 52
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Center Vent Motor Position Sensor G138

Display zone "2"
Specified feedback value of Center Vent Motor Position Sensor G138

010 1 to 4
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Center Vent Motor Position Sensor G138 at

lower stop (central vent flap closed, specification: "10 to 60" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Center Vent Motor Position Sensor G138 at

upper stop (central vent flap open, specification: "200 to 250" )

Designation
number zone
Front Cold Air Flap Motor V197
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Front Cold Air Flap Motor Position Sensor
Display zone "2"
Specified feedback value of Front Cold Air Flap Motor Position Sensor
011 1 to 4 G315 (specification: "6 to 254" )
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Front Cold Air Flap Motor Position Sensor
G315 at lower stop (cold air flap closed, specification: "10 to 70" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Front Cold Air Flap Motor Position Sensor
G315 at upper stop (cold air flap open, specification: "200 to 250" )
Display group Display Designation

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 53
number zone
Rear Footwell Vent Motor V112
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Rear Footwell Vent Motor Position Sensor

Display zone "2"
Specified feedback value of Rear Footwell Vent Motor Position Sensor

012 1 to 4
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Rear Footwell Vent Motor Position Sensor

G141 at lower stop (rear footwell vent flap closed, specification: "10 to
60" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Rear Footwell Vent Motor Position Sensor

G141 at upper stop (rear footwell vent flap open, specification: "200 to
250" )
Display group "015"
Display Display
Designation
group number zone
Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Display zone "1"
Actual feedback value of Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor Position Sensor

015 1 to 4
Display zone "2"
Specified feedback value of Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor Position

Sensor G330 (specification: "6 to 254" )
Display zone "3"
Learned feedback value of Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor Position

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 54
Sensor G330 at lower stop (indirect ventilation flap closed, specification:

"10 to 60" )
Display zone "4"
Learned feedback value of Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor Position

Sensor G330 at upper stop (indirect ventilation flap open, specification:
"195 to 250" )
Display group "016"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Left Center Air Outlet Sensor G347
Installed in "center" instrument panel vent

Display is governed by position of potentiometer installed in instrument panel
vent (potentiometer is actuated together with flap by way of left knurled wheel
installed in instrument panel vent).
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 recognizes that
flap in vent is closed from the fact that value is less than "106" or drops below
this level on adjustment.
016 1
flap in vent is open from the fact that value is greater than "122" or exceeds
Flap in vent for left side closed, specification: 10 to 85

Flap for left side open, specification: 180 to 250
Note different version of vent for right-hand and left-hand drive vehicles Parts
List.
If values are not attained, check adjustment mechanism used by knurled wheel
for actuating potentiometer (position of gear wheels, one gear wheel possibly
missed).
Right Center Air Outlet Sensor G348
Installed in "center" instrument panel vent

Display is governed by position of potentiometer installed in instrument panel
vent (potentiometer is actuated together with flap by way of right knurled
wheel installed in instrument panel vent).
flap in vent is closed from the fact that value is less than "106" or drops below
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 55

flap in vent is open from the fact that value is greater than "122" or exceeds
Flap in vent for right side closed, specification: 10 to 85

2 Flap for right side open, specification: 180 to 250
Note different version of vent for right-hand and left-hand drive vehicles Parts
List.
If values are not attained, check adjustment mechanism used by knurled wheel
for actuating potentiometer (position of gear wheels, one gear wheel possibly
missed).
Voltage at 5 V output of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
in V (volts)
The potentiometers in the various control motors, as well as the temperature

senders and sensors of the air conditioner are supplied with power by way of
the outputs (connector "D" , contact "5" and connector "B" , contact "2" ) -->
Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
3
Specification : "5.0 V" (tolerance range "4.6 to 5.4 V" )
The outputs (connector "D" , contact "5" and connector "B" , contact "2" ) are
designed for a maximum current of 70 mA. If a higher current flows across one
of the outputs (e.g. short circuit in potentiometer), the voltage drops below "4.6
V" and a malfunction is indicated in the DTC memory for all components
connected to this output.
Voltage measured by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 at
terminal "15" in volts
Voltage is measured at connector "D" between contacts "11" and "1"
In the case of service installation of an auxiliary heater in this vehicle, control

and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is actuated by auxiliary
heater via this input. This involves altering adaptation of control and display
4
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (adaptation channel "17" -->
Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation ). (not for USA)
Display = "approx. battery voltage" (with ignition on)
Less than 2 V on vehicles with service installed auxiliary heater switched off
(or greater than 8 V with auxiliary heater on and coolant temperature above
approx. 40 ° C) (not for USA)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 56
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
017 1 Measured value of Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 in ° C
2 Measured value of Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 in ° C
Measured value of Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 in ° C
3
Assigned only for Climatronic Control Module J255 units with part no. 4F1
820 043 up to and including index "L" , see notes below
Display zone not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone blank),
see notes below
Assigned only for Climatronic Control Module J255 units with part no. 4F1
820 043 as of index "M"
4 Display zone not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
Measured value of Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 in ° C
018 1 Specification is governed by ambient conditions, e.g. greater than 1 ° C (at

ambient temperature above 0 ° C) and during testing of cooling output
within specified limits --> Checking.
2 Measured value of Fresh Air Intake Duct Temperature Sensor G89 in ° C
Measured value transmitted by instrument panel insert (non-filtered value) of
Outside Air Temperature Sensor G17 in ° C
3
Calculated by Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 and transmitted via
convenience CAN-Bus system
malfunction.
display unit for regulation and therefore is not evaluated). Depending on
Climatronic Control Module J255 software function, a display may
possibly appear in display field "3" of display group "017" when this A/C
control and display unit is installed in a vehicle with a Center Outlet
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 57
Temperature Sensor G191.
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Measured value of Instrument Panel Interior Temperature Sensor G56 in ° C
019 1
Installed in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Speed of Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 in RPM
Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 is only installed with control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Installed in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255

2
Display = "2500 to 3000" RPM
Min. and max. permissible speed 2000 to 4000 RPM

When control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is
switched off, Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 is not always actuated
(display = "0" RPM)
Coolant temperature in ° C transmitted by Instrument Cluster Control Module
3
J285 via convenience CAN-Bus system
Request for idling-speed increase
From control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 via CAN-
Bus system to relevant Engine Control Module (ECM)
Display = "Off" or "0"
Idling-speed increase "Off" is output if no additional heating or cooling

4
output is required to attain temperatures set in control and display unit,
Display = "On" or "1"
Idling-speed increase "On" is output if additional heating or cooling output

is required to attain temperatures set in control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 (e.g. in "maximum cooling output" setting).
Display group "020"

Designation
number zone
Engine speed in RPM received by relevant Engine Control Module (ECM)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 58
020 1 From Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 via convenience CAN-
Bus system
Vehicle speed in km/h
2
From Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 via convenience CAN-
Bus system
Status of information displayed in zone 4
Validity of information on torque required for compressor operation
Display = "0"
3
Compressor torque transmitted up to date
Display = "1"
Compressor torque transmitted no longer valid

Compressor torque
Engine torque in Nm required for compressor operation calculated by

control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Display = "0 to 1.0 Nm"

4
Compressor off ( A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is not
actuated)
Display = "1 to XX Nm"
Compressor on ( A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is actuated)
NOTE: Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 uses various
measured values for calculating compressor torque (e.g. ambient
temperature, pressure in refrigerant circuit, engine speed). Depending on
these variables, value calculated may be 1 to 63 Nm with compressor
switched on. A value of less than 1.0 Nm is displayed if compressor is
switched off.
Display group "021"

Designation
number zone
Actuation status of Drivers Seat Ventilation Control Module J672
Display zone only applicable to vehicles with "seat ventilation" as

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 59
optional extra (introduction not yet finalized)

Display (for vehicles with no Drivers Seat Ventilation Control Module
J672 ) = "Not used".
021 1
Actuation is by way of air conditioner data bus system "Local
Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)".
Explanatory notes on the various status displays
Actuation status of Front Passengers Seat Ventilation Control Module J673
Display zone only applicable to vehicles with "seat ventilation" as

optional extra (introduction not yet finalized)
Display (for vehicles with no Front Passengers Seat Ventilation Control
2
Module J673 ) = "Not used".
Actuation is by way of air conditioner data bus system "Local

Explanatory notes on the various status displays
Voltage at terminal "58d" received from convenience CAN-Bus system
Display = "0 to 100%" (depending on setting of instrument illumination

control)
3
Controlled variable for brightness of indicator lamps in buttons and
display illumination.
Adjustment range may be restricted depending on ambient brightness
(e.g. 6 to 50%)
Voltage at terminal "58s" received from convenience CAN-Bus system
Display = "0%"
Side lights off
Display = "1 to 100%"

4
Side lights on; value displayed is governed by setting of instrument
illumination control
Controlled variable for brightness of background illumination in
buttons and background illumination of displays.
Adjustment range may be restricted depending on ambient brightness

(e.g. 6 to 20%)
Explanatory notes on display in zones "1" and "2" of display group "021"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 60
Display in zones "1" and "2" of Actuation status displays for Drivers Seat Ventilation Control Module
display group "021" J672 and Front Passengers Seat Ventilation Control Module J673
Seat ventilation shutoff conditions
Display "0" indicates that this shutoff condition is not active; seat ventilation could
be switched on
Display "1" indicates that this shutoff condition is active
Seat temperature (shutoff due to insufficient temperature)
X
Display "1" indicates that seat temperature is too low
Seat occupied sensor
X
Display "1" indicates that this seat is not occupied (seat occupied
switch open)
Seat heating
X
Display "1" indicates that seat cushion heating is on
Side bolster heating
X
Display "1" indicates that side bolster heating is on
Actuation status
No request for seat heating set in control and display unit, Climatronic
0 0 0
Control Module J255
No seat ventilation
0 0 1
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 set for
"seat heating" function
0 1 0 Seat ventilation with approx. 50 % of max. "on" time
1 1 0 Seat ventilation with 90 to 100 % of max. "on" time
1 0 0 Seat ventilation off, control interval
Shutoff on account of inadequate electrical system voltage
Request for shutoff of seat ventilation from Energy Management
Control Module J644
X Display "0" indicates that this shutoff condition is not active; seat
ventilation could be switched on
Display "1" indicates that this shutoff condition is active
Display group "022"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Request for actuation of Coolant Fan V7
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 61
Request calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module

J255 and transmitted on convenience CAN-Bus system
Request is calculated for example by way of pressure in refrigerant circuit
(checking of pressure signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 ).
Display = "0 to 4%"
No request from control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
for actuation of Coolant Fan V7 to relevant Engine Control Module (ECM)
022 1
Request from control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for
actuation of Coolant Fan V7 to relevant Engine Control Module (ECM)
(prerequisites: engine running and air conditioner on)
Depending on version of control and display unit Climatronic Control
Module J255 , the request occurs at a specific temperature in the refrigerant
circuit or independently of the pressure as soon as the compressor is switched
on.
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Feedback for actuation of Coolant Fan V7
Request from relevant Engine Control Module (ECM) to Coolant Fan

Control (FC)Control Module J293 or directly to Coolant Fan V7
Information is received via CAN-Bus system.
Display = "0 to 4%"
No actuation of Coolant Fan V7 by relevant Engine Control Module

(ECM)
022 2
Actuation of Coolant Fan V7 by relevant Engine Control Module (ECM)

(prerequisites: engine running and air conditioner on)
Depending on relevant Engine Control Module (ECM), Coolant Fan V7
is/are currently actuated at max. 68% to 100%, even if 100% is requested
by air conditioner
Depending on relevant Engine Control Module (ECM), display in zone "2"

may be higher or lower than that in display zone "1"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 62
Signal from Air Quality Sensor G238
Data are exchanged via air conditioner data bus system "Local
Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" with control and display unit,
3 Climatronic Control Module J255.
Air Quality Sensor G238 is only installed on vehicles with control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Display = "X" (explanatory notes )

Request for fresh-air/recirculated-air mode from control and display unit,
4
Display = "X" or "XX" (explanatory notes )
Explanatory notes on display in zone "3" of display group "022"
Display in
Signal from Air Quality Sensor G238
zone "3"
7 No request for recirculated-air mode from Air Quality Sensor G238
Air Quality Sensor G238 signals slight increase in pollutant level of air
1 or 3
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 determines whether
recirculated-air mode is necessary and possible (observe display in zone "4" )
Air Quality Sensor G238 signals major increase in pollutant level of air
2 or 4
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 determines whether
recirculated-air mode is necessary and possible (observe display in zone "4" )
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 does not receive signal from
0
Air Quality Sensor G238
Display in
Request for recirculated-air/fresh-air mode
zone "4"
0 or 00 Recirculated-air mode not requested (fresh-air mode)
Recirculated-air mode requested by Air Quality Sensor G238
10
Request is fulfilled by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
(recirculated-air mode)
Recirculated-air mode requested by Air Quality Sensor G238 ; request is not fulfilled by
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for the following reasons
11 "Autom. recirculated-air mode" function deactivated (fresh-air mode)
12 Compressor not in operation (fresh-air mode)
"Defrost" mode selected in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 63
13 (fresh-air mode)
Request for recirculated-air mode on account of a specific setting on control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 or another vehicle system
20 "Recirculated-air" mode selected in control and display unit, Climatronic Control

Module J255
30 Wipers currently/previously in "wipe/wash mode" (implemented only in vehicles
manufactured at start of production, see note)
40 Increased cooling output requested (e.g. with "Lo" temperature setting in control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 )
50 "Off" mode set in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Partial recirculated-air mode requested
Air conditioner currently switching from fresh-air to recirculated-air mode or vice versa
60
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 has calculated, for example,
that set temperatures can best be attained by mixing fresh air and air from passenger
compartment (air-flow flap set to approx. center position and recirculated-air flap open)
NOTE: The function "recirculated air mode after wipe/wash mode" is active only
for control and display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 , from the
manufacturer at the beginning of production (up to software version
"0060" ). For control and display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 ,
as of software version "0070" , this request is no longer implemented at
the manufacturer, however it can be activated upon customer request via
the "Adaptation" function in adaptation channel "038".
Display group "023"

Designation
number zone
Switching status of push-button switch for Heated Rear Window Z1 (installed

in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 )
Heated Rear Window Z1 is activated and deactivated by way of button

in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
023 1 Heated Rear Window Z1 actuation time is limited as a function of
ambient temperature --> Heated Rear Window Z1 , checking
Display = "Rear w. Off" or "0"
Currently no request in control and display unit, Climatronic Control

Module J255 for actuation of Heated Rear Window Z1
If applicable, press push-button switch to switch on heated rear window.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 64
Display = "Rear w. On" or "1"
Current request in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module

J255 for actuation of Heated Rear Window Z1
If applicable, press push-button switch to switch off heated rear window.
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Signal transmitted by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 on
convenience CAN-Bus system for actuation of Heated Rear Window Z1
Display = "Off" , "Rear w. Off" or "0"
No heated rear window actuation transmitted by control and display unit,

Climatronic Control Module J255 on convenience CAN-Bus system
Indicator lamp in button for Heated Rear Window Z1 in control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 not actuated
023 2
Display = "On" , "Rear w. On" or "1"
Heated rear window actuation transmitted by control and display unit,

Climatronic Control Module J255 on convenience CAN-Bus system
Heated Rear Window Z1 and indicator lamp in button for Heated Rear
Window Z1 in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 are
actuated if request is fulfilled by Comfort System Central Control Module
J393 (--> display zone "3" )
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Feedback received from convenience CAN-Bus system for actuation of Heated
Rear Window Z1
Display = "Off" , "Rear w. Off" or "0" (shutoff condition exists)
Heated rear window off or not switched on despite request from control and
023 3 display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (shutoff condition in Comfort
System Central Control Module J393 , e.g. "inadequate electrical system
voltage" )
Display = "On" , "Rear w. On" or "1" (no shutoff condition)
Heated Rear Window Z1 already on/is switched on as soon as request from

control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is received in
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 65
Comfort System Central Control Module J393 (no shutoff condition)

Switching status of Rear Window Shade Switch (rear) E385
Display for vehicles with no electric rear roller blind = "Not used"
Rear Window Shade Switch (rear) E385 is not installed on all vehicles
(optional extra).
Electric rear roller blind is actuated by Comfort System Central Control
Module J393.
Request for actuation of electric rear roller blind is transmitted from control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 on convenience CAN-
4
Bus system to Comfort System Central Control Module J393.
Display zone only applicable to vehicles with "electric rear roller blind" as
optional extra
Display = " Off" or "0"
Rear Window Shade Switch (rear) E385 not currently pressed (open)
Display = "On" or "1"
Rear Window Shade Switch (rear) E385 currently pressed (closed)
Display group "024"

Designation
number zone
Measured value of Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 in V for left side
Display = "0.2 to 4.0 V"

024 1
3.5 V with maximum sunlight penetration
0.2 V with no sunlight penetration (e.g. in workshop)
Sunlight penetration calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic
2 Control Module J255 in W per m 2 for left side
Display = "0 to 1000 W"

Measured value of Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 in V for right side
Display = "0.2 to 4.0 V"

3
3.5 V with maximum sunlight penetration
0.2 V with no sunlight penetration (e.g. in workshop)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 66
Sunlight penetration calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic

4 Control Module J255 in W per m 2 for right side
Display = "0 to 1000 W"
NOTE: If a fixed value is always displayed in zones "2" and "4" irrespective of
sunlight penetration (e.g. 100 W), check assignment of Sunlight Photo
Sensor G107 to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
There are various replacement Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 designs. The
Audi A6 is only to be installed with the version intended for these control
and display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 Parts List.
Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 can be checked for example by shining a
flashlight (bulb) at it.
Display group "025"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Switching status of terminal "15" received from convenience CAN-Bus system
Display = "Off"
025 1 Ignition off
Display = "On"
Ignition on
Switching status of terminal "75" (or terminal "X" ) received from convenience
CAN-Bus system
Display = "Off"
2
Ignition off or engine currently being started
Display = "On"
Ignition on
Switching status measured by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 for terminal "15"

In the case of service installation of an auxiliary heater in this vehicle, control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is actuated by auxiliary
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 67
heater via this input. This involves altering adaptation of control and display
unit (adaptation channel "17" --> Climatronic Control Module J255 ,
adaptation ) (not for USA).
Display = "Off"
Ignition off
3 Ignition on, no cut-in signal from service installed auxiliary heater (not for
USA)
Display = "On"
Ignition on
Ignition off, cut-in signal from service installed auxiliary heater (positive
signal) being applied (not for USA)
Voltage measured by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 at
terminal "30" in volts
4
Display = "11 to 15 V" (approx. battery voltage)
Display group "026"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Period received from convenience CAN-Bus system for time since last engine
shutoff with at least 3 min. engine running time and renewed switch-on of ignition
Time for calculation of cooling down of coolant after engine operation
Display = "00:00 to 04:00" h ( "engine cooling time" period in hours and

minutes)
026 1 Max. display value at present 4 hours

This value is used for calculating engine temperature after switching on
ignition
After a standing time of more than 4 hours, ambient temperature is used as

engine temperature (current engine temperature is calculated by control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 by way of a specified cooling
curve).
In the event of an interruption in the power supply to the Instrument Cluster
Control Module J285 before switching on ignition, DTC "Signal for ignition
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 68
off period implausible" may be displayed (switch ignition on, off and back on
again and erase DTC memory)
Signals received from convenience CAN-Bus system for operating status of wipers
and from Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397
Display = "00000" (rain not detected, wipers or wipe/wash mode not

activated)
Display = "XXXX1" (wipers in "intermittent mode" )
Display = "XXX1X" (wipers set to speed "1" or "flick/wipe mode" )

Display = "XX1XX" (wipers set to speed "2" )
Display = "X1XXX" (wipers in "wipe/wash mode" )

Display = "1XXXX" (control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 has, by way of a signal from Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 ,
2 detected "Rain" ).
On vehicles with no Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , control and

display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 determines whether it is
raining by way of wiper cut-in signal.
Rainfall causes characteristic control curve of control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 for evaporator temperature to be set to a
lower value (depending on usage conditions, e.g. to approx. 2 ° C instead of
10 ° C in "Auto" mode) to enhance dehumidification of the air
At the start of production, rain (display "1XXXX" ) is not indicated by control

and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 by way of signal from
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 (sensor not installed on all vehicles,
introduction not yet finalized).
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Actuation of left front seat heating
Seat heating is an optional extra
Display = "n. installed" or "not used" (this control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 is not installed with seat heating switches)
026 3
Display = "Off" or "On"
Seat heating is switched on if seat temperature measured is lower than

temperature specified for this seat heating setting by more than the stipulated
value (switching interval between cut-out and cut-in temperature)
If generator is not generating sufficient current, seat heating actuation may be
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 69
deactivated by Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 (--> display

group "034" )
Actuation of right front seat heating
Climatronic Control Module J255 is not installed with seat heating switches)
Display = "Off" or "On"
Seat heating is switched on if seat temperature measured is lower than

4 temperature specified for this seat heating setting by more than the stipulated
value (switching interval between cut-out and cut-in temperature)
If generator is not generating sufficient current, seat heating actuation may be
deactivated by Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 (--> display
group "034" )
In vehicles with seat occupied sensor system, the seat heater is switched off
after approx. 10 minutes if Airbag Control Module J234 detects the seat is
unoccupied (read measuring value block of Airbag Control Module J234
Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051 in "Guided
Fault Finding" function ).
Display groups "027" and "028"

Designation
number zone
Setting made in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for
left front seat heating

027 1 Display = "n. installed" or "not used" (this control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 is installed with seat heating switches)
Display = "0" to "6"
Display is governed by setting made for left front seat heating

Temperature in ° C measured in left front seat by Left Front Seat Temperature
Sensor G344
3
Display = "n. installed" or "not used" (for vehicles with no heated seats)
Display = " XX ° C " (for vehicles with heated seats)
Specified temperature in left front seat in ° C calculated by control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 on the basis of setting
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:41 AM Page 70
4
Display = " XX ° C " (governed by seat heating setting)
Specified temperatures displayed are governed by version of control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (exact value depends on
software)
Setting "0" (seat heating off) approx. 0 ° C
Setting "1" approx. 13 ° C


Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Setting made in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for right
front seat heating
Climatronic Control Module J255 is installed with seat heating switches)
028 1 Display = "0" to "6"
Display is governed by setting made for right front seat heating

In vehicles with seat occupied sensor system, the seat heater is switched off
after approx. 10 minutes if Airbag Control Module J234 detects the seat is
unoccupied (read measuring value block of Airbag Control Module J234
Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051 in "Guided
Fault Finding" function ).
Temperature in ° C measured in right front seat by Right Front Seat Temperature
Sensor G345
3
Display = " XX ° C " (for vehicles with heated seats)
Specified temperature in right front seat in ° C calculated by control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 on the basis of setting
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 71
Display = " XX ° C " (governed by seat heating setting)
4
Corresponding specified temperatures for the individual seat heating settings
can be found in display group "27" in display zone "4" (same values for left
and right seat)
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Signal received from convenience CAN-Bus system for activation of auxiliary
heating/auxiliary ventilation (not for USA)
Only applicable to vehicles with auxiliary heater with remote control (not
for USA)
Information is transmitted from Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 to
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (not for USA).
Display = "Off"
No signal for activation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation currently

being received by Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 (not for USA)
029 1
Display = "On"
Signal for activation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation currently

being received by Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 (auxiliary heater
remote control "on" button pressed) (not for USA)
Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 transmits request (e.g. on receiving
remote control "on" signal) for activation of auxiliary heating or auxiliary
ventilation (not for USA)
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 determines

mode required ( "Immediate heating" or "Immediate ventilation" ) to attain
set temperatures.
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Signal received from CAN-Bus system for deactivation of auxiliary
Only applicable to vehicles with auxiliary heater with remote control (not
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 72
for USA)
Information is transmitted from Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 to
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (not for USA).
Display = "Off"
No signal for deactivation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation

currently being received by Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 (not for
USA)
029 2 Display = "On"
Signal for deactivation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation currently

being received by Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 (auxiliary heater
remote control "off" button pressed) (not for USA)
Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 transmits request (e.g. on receiving
remote control "off" signal) for deactivation of auxiliary heating or auxiliary
ventilation (not for USA)
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is deactivated

with ignition switched off.
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Display zone not used
Intended for service installed auxiliary heater cut-in signal to control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (connector "D" contact
"11" ) (not for USA)
"Service installed auxiliary heater" function must be entered by way of
"Adaptation" function (in adaptation channel "17" ) --> Climatronic
Control Module J255 , adaptation. (not for USA)
030 1 At the factory, terminal "15" is connected to connector "D" , contact "11".
Assignment of this contact must be altered accordingly on service
installation of auxiliary heater. (not for USA)
Display = "0" or "Off"
No service installation of auxiliary heater (standard wiring) (not for USA)

No voltage and thus no signal being applied to input of service installed
auxiliary heater (not for USA)
Voltage and thus signal being applied to input, but function not adapted in
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 73
specified manner
Display = "1" or "On"
Function adapted in specified manner and voltage (positive signal) of

service installed auxiliary heater being applied to input (not for USA)
Signals received and transmitted by CAN-Bus system for activation of auxiliary
Only applicable to vehicles with factory-installed auxiliary heater (not for

USA)
Information is exchanged between Multi Media Interface (MMI), Auxiliary
Heater Control Module J364 and control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 (not for USA)
Choice between "auxiliary heating" or "auxiliary ventilation" is made by

control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (not for USA)
Choice between "auxiliary heating" or "auxiliary ventilation" can be
2 deactivated by way of "Adaptation" function (in adaptation channel "06" ) --
> Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation (not for USA).
Display = "00"
No request for auxiliary heating or auxiliary ventilation mode (not for USA)
Display = "10"
Auxiliary heating mode requested (not for USA)
Display = "01"
Auxiliary ventilation mode requested (not for USA)
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Signal received from CAN-Bus system for activation of control action and Fresh
Air Blower V2 in auxiliary heating or auxiliary ventilation mode (not for USA)

USA)
Information is exchanged between Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364
and control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (not for USA)
Detection of cut-in signal by control and display unit, Climatronic Control

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 74
Module J255 results in immediate activation of both displays for example

Actuation is not always displayed with control and display units, Climatronic
Control Module J255 installed at the start of production (note actuation of
displays/indicator lamp if applicable).
Display = "Off"
030 3 No request from Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 for activation of
Fresh Air Blower V2 in auxiliary heating or auxiliary ventilation mode (not
for USA)
Display = "On"
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is requested by

Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 to activate Fresh Air Blower V2 in
auxiliary heating or auxiliary ventilation mode. (not for USA)
Maximum, still permissible auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation cut-in time
calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (not for
USA)

USA)
Display = "0 s"
Auxiliary heater switched off (not for USA)

No auxiliary heater installed (not for USA)
4
Display = "1 to 3650 s"
Auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation will be deactivated in so many

seconds at the latest by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 (even if cut-in signal is still being applied) (not for USA)
Time displayed is governed by setting in MMI

Module J255 , remaining cut-in time will still be calculated even after
switching off auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation and displayed until time
has elapsed (not for USA).
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Switching status received from convenience CAN-Bus system of "Timer"

function set in "MMI" (Multi Media Interface) in "auxiliary heating/auxiliary
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 75
ventilation" mode (not for USA)

USA)
Information is exchanged between "MMI" (Multi Media Interface),
Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 and control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (not for USA)
Display = "00"
"Timer" function not active in "MMI" (Multi Media Interface), no request

for activation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation transmitted (not for
USA)
Display = "01"
031 1
"Timer" function active in "MMI" (Multi Media Interface), cut-in time
stored or request for activation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation
transmitted (not for USA)
Display = "02"
"Timer" function elapsed in "MMI" (Multi Media Interface), request for

deactivation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation transmitted (not for
USA)
Display = "03"
DTC stored in "MMI" (Multi Media Interface) or problem with signal for
"Timer" function, auxiliary heating/auxiliary ventilation cannot be switched
on or is switched off (not for USA)
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Operating status of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 on
account of switching status received from convenience CAN-Bus system of
"Timer" function set in "MMI" (Multi Media Interface)

031 2 USA)
Climatronic Control Module J255 (not for USA)
Display = "XX" (explanatory notes )

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 76
Request for heat output in auxiliary heating mode (not for USA)

USA)
Function is only active with ignition on

Climatronic Control Module J255 via convenience CAN-Bus system (not for
USA).
3 Display = "0" or "00"
Auxiliary heater can be switched on or left on (not for USA)
Display = "1" or "01"
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 transmits request
for switching to "Control interval" mode to Auxiliary Heater Control Module
J364 (not for USA)
Auxiliary heating mode not required to attain set passenger compartment
temperature, auxiliary heating is not switched on (only auxiliary ventilation
mode is activated) (not for USA)
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Request for activation of "Auxiliary ventilation" symbol to Instrument Cluster

Control Module J285 (not for USA)

USA)
Information is exchanged between Instrument Cluster Control Module J285
and control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 via
convenience CAN-Bus system.
031 4
Display = "0"
No request transmitted by control and display unit, Climatronic Control

Module J255 for activation of "Auxiliary ventilation" symbol to Instrument
Cluster Control Module J285 (not for USA)
Display = "1"
Transmission of request by control and display unit, Climatronic Control

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 77
Module J255 for activation of "Auxiliary ventilation" symbol to Instrument

Cluster Control Module J285 (not for USA)
Display in
Request for additional heat output
zone "4"
Vehicle with gasoline engine and therefore no request for additional heat output by
00 (or 10) No shutoff condition; if control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
requests additional heat output, auxiliary heater can be switched on as supplementary
heater (not for USA)
Coolant temperature greater than approx. 80 ° C and control and display unit, Climatronic
01 or 11
Control Module J255 therefore does not request additional heat output
Engine not running and control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 therefore
05 or 15
does not request additional heat output
"Econ" mode set in control and display unit or "MMI" and control and display unit,
06 or 16
Climatronic Control Module J255 therefore does not request additional heat output
Control and display unit off ( "OFF" mode set) and control and display unit, Climatronic
07 or 17
Control Module J255 therefore does not request additional heat output
Ambient temperature determined by control and display unit/received via CAN-Bus greater
08 or 18 than 5 ° C and control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 therefore does not
request additional heat output
Temperature set for both sides (left and right) in control and display unit can be attained
20 without additional heat output and control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 therefore does not request additional heat output
"Supplementary heating" function deactivated in "MMI" (Multi Media Interface) and control
30 and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 therefore does not request additional heat
output (not for USA)
Display in
Display of "Timer" function set in "MMI" (Multi Media Interface)
zone "2"
"Timer" function not active in "MMI" , no request for activation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary
00
ventilation transmitted (not for USA)
"Timer" function active in "MMI" , request for activation of auxiliary heating/auxiliary
ventilation transmitted at set time (choice between "auxiliary heating" or "auxiliary
01
ventilation" is made by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ) (not for
USA)
02 Function not used at present
"Timer" function active in "MMI" , request for activation of auxiliary heater transmitted (not
03
for USA)
04 "Timer" function active in "MMI" , request for activation of auxiliary ventilation transmitted
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 78
(not for USA)

Function not used at present
05
Intended for activation of auxiliary heater at low ambient temperatures and with cold
engine to heat coolant more quickly (introduction not yet finalized). (not for USA)
Operating time set in "Timer" function in "MMI" elapsed or no longer active (e.g. deactivated
06
in MMI)
Display group "032"

Designation
number zone
Signal received from CAN-Bus system for ignition key assignment
Information is exchanged between Access/Start Control Module J518

and control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Display = "0"
032 1
Ignition switched on using non-assigned key
Display = "1 to 4"
Ignition switched on using key stored at position 1, 2, 3 or 4 in

corresponding control module
Signal received from CAN-Bus system for fingerprint driver identification
(fingerprint, "one-touch memory" )
"One-touch memory" system is an optional extra (introduction not yet

finalized).
Display = "0"
2
Vehicle not equipped with "one-touch memory" system
No assigned fingerprint detected
Display = "1 to 4"
Detection of fingerprint assigned to driver stored at position 1, 2, 3 or 4
Information received from CAN-Bus system for ignition key release
Information is exchanged between Access/Start Control Module J518

and control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Display = "1"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 79
Ignition switched on using key released for this vehicle
Display = "0"
3
Ignition off
Ignition switched on using key not released for this vehicle
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Last request received from CAN-Bus system for deactivation of electrical
equipment with engine running
Also observe display in display groups "34" and "35"
Display = "0"
No request received from Energy Management Control Module J644
Display = "1 to 3"
Request for complete deactivation of loads received from Energy

Management Control Module J644 , e.g. deactivation of stage "1" heated
033 1
windshield and electric supplementary heater, stage "2" seat heating and
heated rear window, stage "3" all stage "1" and "2" loads (not for USA)
Display "4"
Not available at present
Display "5 to 7"
Request for load power reduction received from Energy Management Control
Module J644 , e.g. stage "5" heated windshield and electric supplementary
heater, stage "6" seat heating and heated rear window, stage "7" all stage "5"
and "6" loads (not for USA)
Last but one request received from CAN-Bus system for deactivation of electrical
equipment
2
Display "0" or "1 to 7" (refer to display zone "1" )
Display group Display Designation

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 80
number zone
Third last request received from CAN-Bus system for deactivation of
electrical equipment
033 3
Display "0" or "1 to 7" (refer to display zone "1" )
NOTE: During the first 4 minutes after starting engine, power input of Vehicle
Electrical System Control Module J519 or Energy Management Control
Module J644 may be restricted to approx. 33 % of maximum possible level
(e.g. after starting engine at low ambient and engine temperature to enable
battery to recover).
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Last request received from CAN-Bus system for deactivation of electrical equipment
with engine stopped (reduction in no-load current input to save vehicle battery)
Display = "0"
No request received from Energy Management Control Module J644 or

Auxiliary Heater Control Module J364 (not for USA)
Display = "1 to 3" , "5 or 7"
Request for full shutdown or reduction in power of electrical equipment

received from Energy Management Control Module J644 "Guided Fault
Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
system VAS 5051 A/5052
034 1 For explanatory notes on display in this zone, refer to display zone "1" of
display group "033".
Display = "4"
Request received for complete shutdown of loads, on account of vehicle

"transportation mode" function (this is entered for example at the factory to
save the battery until vehicle is delivered).
Display = "6"
Insufficient voltage measured in auxiliary heating or auxiliary ventilation

mode by Energy Management Control Module J644 or Auxiliary Heater
Control Module J364 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 (not for USA)
Current emergency shutdown of electrical equipment received from CAN-Bus
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 81
system, e.g. on account of sudden voltage dip in electrical system
Display = "0"
Display = "1 to 7"

2
Request received for complete shutdown or reduction in power of electrical
equipment from Energy Management Control Module J644
For explanatory notes on display in this zone, refer to display zone "1" of
display group "33".
Also observe display in zones "3" and "4" of display group "34"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Electrical system capacity utilization received from CAN-Bus system
Capacity utilization is calculated by Energy Management Control Module

J644.
Display = "0"
No generator regulation; current generation = current consumption
Display = "1 to 3"
Generator capacity not being fully utilized; still sufficient reserves for
electrical equipment (100 W (watts) for stage "1" , 200 W for stage "2" and
034 3 min. 300 W for stage "3" )
Display = "4"
Generator overloaded; at least 400 W (watts) more current being consumed

than generated Energy Management Control Module J644 thus requests
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 to shut down
electrical equipment (observe display in zone "2" of display group "034" )
Display = "5 to 7"
Full generator capacity utilization or slight overload; more current being

consumed than generated (100 W (watts) for stage "7" , 200 W for stage "6"
and 300 W for stage "5" )
Status display for current consumption control received from CAN-Bus system
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 82
Display = "0"
Message from Energy Management Control Module J644 that voltage

regulation is "not active"
Display = "1"
4 Message from Energy Management Control Module J644 that voltage

regulation is "active"
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is requested to
regulate connected loads such that current consumption of components
controlled by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 does
not exceed 600 W (watts)
Also observe display in zone "2" of display group "034"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Status display received from air conditioner data bus system (Local Interconnect
Network (LIN-Bus)) for actuation of Heated Windshield Z2
Heated Windshield Z2 is an optional extra (introduction not yet finalized).

This display group is not used on vehicles with no Heated Windshield Z2
and display can then be ignored (display = "not used" , "254" or "255" )
Only observe display if Heated Windshield Z2 is switched on

Heated Windshield Z2 is actuated via Heated Windshield Control Module
J505 by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 by way
of a signal wire (Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)).
035 1
Display = "0"

regulation is "not active" and that power limitation is therefore not necessary
for Heated Windshield Z2 should this be switched on
Display = "254"

regulation is "active" and that Heated Windshield Z2 can therefore only be
actuated with reduced power should this be switched on
Display "255"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 83

regulation is "active" , electrical system is overloaded and Heated
Windshield Z2 can therefore not be actuated
Also observe display in zones "2" of display groups "034" and "033".
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 cannot exchange
information with Heated Windshield Control Module J505 (possibly not
installed or malfunctioning).
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Status display for actuation of heated seats

J255 , this display may not yet be active or may be incorrect on control and
display units installed at the start of production (e.g. display always
"00000000" although seat heating off or e.g. "10100000" with rear seat heating
on).
Display = "XXXXXXXX" (explanatory notes )

035 2
Example
Display = "00000000" (seat heating on or could be switched on; no power

reduction requested by Energy Management Control Module J644 on account
of full electrical system capacity utilization)
Also observe display in zones "2" of display groups "034" and "033" as well as
display in display groups "27" and "28".
Number of emergency shutoff operations received from CAN-Bus system during last
3 driving cycles (request for shutdown of electrical equipment on account of
electrical system overload)
A driving cycle commences on starting engine and ends on switching off

engine.
Voltage dips on starting engine are not taken into account.
3
Display "0"
Display "1 to XXX"
Number of requests received from Energy Management Control Module J644

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 84
Also observe display in display groups "033" and "034".
Display Display
Designation
group number zone
Status display for last active request received for shutdown of electrical
equipment with engine stopped (reduction in no-load current input to save
vehicle battery)
Display "0"

035 4 Display "1 to 7"
Last shutoff condition received from Energy Management Control

Module J644
For explanatory notes on display in this zone, refer to display zone "1" of
display group "033".
Also observe display in zones "3" and "4" of display group "034".
Explanatory notes on display in zone "2" of display group "035" (status of heated seat actuation)
Display = "0" (function not active) Display =

Assignment
"1" (function active)
Left front seat heating power reduction (to approx. 25
X
% of max. heat output)
X Left front seat heating shut off
Right front seat heating power reduction (to approx. 25
X
X Right front seat heating shut off
Left rear seat heating power reduction (to approx. 25 %
X
of max. heat output)
X Left rear seat heating shut off
Right rear seat heating power reduction (to approx. 25
X
X Right rear seat heating shut off
NOTE: Shutoff of rear seat heating may be displayed even if rear seat heating is
not installed (display can then be ignored).
In vehicles with seat occupied sensor system, the seat heaters for front
passengers seat and rear seats may be switched off after approx. 10
minutes, without an indicating display in this measuring value block, if
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 85
Airbag Control Module J234 detects the seat is unoccupied (read

measuring value block of Airbag Control Module J234 Vehicle Diagnosis,
Testing and Information System VAS 5051 in "Guided Fault Finding"
function ).

Designation
number zone
Operating status of convenience CAN-Bus system
Display = Two-wire
Convenience CAN-Bus system operating in two-wire mode (normal

status)
Reception of information transmitted on convenience CAN-Bus
036 1 system at both inputs ( "Can-Hi" and "Can-Lo" )
Display = One-wire
Convenience CAN-Bus system operating in one-wire mode

(emergency operation)
Reception of information transmitted on convenience CAN-Bus at one
input only ( "Can-Hi" or "Can-Lo" )
Display zones not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone
2 to 4
blank)
NOTE: In contrast to drive CAN-Bus system, convenience CAN-Bus system can

also operate in one-wire mode. However system is then set to emergency
operation.
If information is not received on convenience CAN-Bus system, control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 does not actuate A/C
Compressor Regulator Valve N280 (compressor off).
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Network management version number
037 1 Operating level of convenience CAN-Bus system

Display = e.g. V 3.17 C6- A/C system-V2.6.10 (depending on version of
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 )
Display zone not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 86
Intended for communication matrix version in control and display unit,

Climatronic Control Module J255 (introduction not yet finalized)
Data level of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
3 with which information is transmitted on convenience CAN-Bus system and
expected by other control modules (introduction not yet finalized)
Data level used by dominant control module for convenience CAN-Bus

( Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 )
Display group "038"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Value calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for
relative humidity level in passenger compartment in %
Display need only be observed on vehicles with control and display unit,
038 1
Display = "0 to 100%" (specification)
Value is calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module

J255 on the basis of measured and set temperatures (e.g. approx. 51% at
ambient temperature of 20 ° C )
Measured value of sender installed in control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 ( "Humidity sender" )
This sender is only installed on vehicles with control and display unit,
If measured relative humidity value is higher than specification, evaporator

2 temperature is reduced by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 by actuating A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 (causes
more moisture to condense at evaporator)
Operation can be checked, for example, by exhaling into intake grille of
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (measured value
increases)
Display = "0 to 100%" (actual value)

3 and 4 Display zones not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
Display Display
Designation
group zone
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 87
number
Reverse gear engaged information received from Comfort System Central Control
Module J393
This function is only provided on vehicles with control and display unit,
Information is transmitted on convenience CAN-Bus system by Comfort

System Central Control Module J393.
If reverse gear is engaged for longer than a specified time, control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 assumes that vehicle is being reversed.
System switches to recirculated-air mode to prevent exhaust gases being
039 1 drawn in by air conditioner when reversing. (Introduction of function not yet
finalized)
Display = "Off"
Reverse gear not engaged

No evaluation of function at present with this vehicle (introduction not yet
finalized)
Display = "On"
Reverse gear engaged

2 to 4 Display zones not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
Display group "040"

Designation
number zone
040 1 Display zone not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
Opening time calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 for Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 in %
Valve is open in no-load status (de-energized).
2 Display = "100%" (valve permanently open, e.g. "Hi" temperature

selected for drivers side)
Display = "1 to 99%" (valve is actuated in control mode)
Display = "0%" (valve permanently closed, e.g. "Lo" temperature

selected for drivers side)
Opening time calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control

Module J255 for Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 in %
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 88
Valve is open in no-load status (de-energized).
Display = "100%" (valve permanently open, e.g. "Hi" temperature

selected for front passengers side)
3
Display = "1 to 99%" (valve is actuated in control mode)
Display = "0%" (valve permanently closed, e.g. "Lo" temperature

selected for front passengers side)
Actuation of Coolant Pump V50 by control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255
4 Display = "Off" (pump is not actuated, e.g. "Lo" temperature selected for
drivers and front passengers side)
Display "On" (pump is actuated as a function of ambient temperatures
e.g. "Hi" temperature selected for drivers and/or front passengers side)
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Manufacturers serial number for Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
Serial number is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local
042 1 Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic
Display = e.g. XXXXXXXX (depending on version of Fresh Air Blower
Control Module J126 )
043 1 and 2 Display zones not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
Actual temperature of electronics in Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 in ° C
(degrees Celsius)
Temperature is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local

Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic
3 Control Module J255.
Display = less than " 110 ° C "
Display indicates temperature of power output stage in Fresh Air Blower

Control Module J126
Status of Fresh Air Blower V2 and Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
Status is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect
Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic Control
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 89
Module J255.

4
Example
Display = "00000000" (No malfunction in Fresh Air Blower Control

Module J126 )
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Actual current flowing via Fresh Air Blower V2
Value for current flowing via Fresh Air Blower V2 is regulated by Fresh Air
Blower Control Module J126 and transmitted via air conditioner data bus
system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit,
044 1
Display = "0 to XX A" (amps)
Current is infinitely regulated between 0 and approx. 25 A (28 A).

Hours of operation of Fresh Air Blower V2 by way of sun roof with solar cells
Only applicable to vehicles with "Sun roof with solar cells" as optional extra
Operating time value is calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255. Fresh Air Blower V2 operation is transmitted by Fresh
Air Blower Control Module J126 via air conditioner data bus system "Local
2
Display = "0 h" (hours, display for vehicle with no "sun roof with solar
cells" )
Display = "0 to XXXXX h" (hours)
Display is governed by period for which vehicle with this control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 was exposed to sunlight.
Actual voltage at Fresh Air Blower V2
Voltage value is measured by Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 and
transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network
3 (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Display = "0 V" (volts)
Fresh-air blower switched off

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 90
Display = "2.0 to 12.5 V" (volts)
Fresh-air blower is actuated; voltage is infinitely regulated between 2.0 and

approx. 12.5 V depending on setting.
Specified voltage at Fresh Air Blower V2
Voltage value is calculated by Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 and
(LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Display = "0 V" (volts)

4
Fresh-air blower is not actuated
Display = "2.0 to 12.5 V" (volts)
Fresh-air blower is actuated; voltage is infinitely regulated between 2.0 and

approx. 12.5 V depending on setting.
Assignment of possible types of malfunction
Display = "0" (no malfunctions)

Display = Display = "1" (this malfunction has occurred)
"XXXXXXXX"
If a malfunction is detected (display = "1" in any position), Fresh Air Blower
V2 is not actuated by Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 or only with
low voltage.
X Insufficient voltage at Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 (less than 8.5 V)
X Excessive voltage at Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 (greater than 16.5 V)
Fresh Air Blower V2 blocked
X
Open circuit or short circuit in Fresh Air Blower V2 or relevant wiring
X Fresh Air Blower V2 stiff
X Open circuit or short circuit in Fresh Air Blower V2 or relevant wiring
Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 overheating (temperature greater than 110 °
X
C)
Malfunction in Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 (integrated relay
X
malfunctioning)
X Malfunction in electronics of Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
Display
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 91
group Display
Designation
number zone
Specified windshield heating power
Display only applicable to vehicles with "heated windshield" as optional extra

(introduction not yet finalized)
045 1 Power value is calculated by Heated Windshield Control Module J505 and
(LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Display = "0 to XXXX W" (watts)

Actual windshield heating power

2 Power value is calculated by Heated Windshield Control Module J505 and
Display = "0 to XXXX W" (watts)

Actual current flowing from electrical system into Heated Windshield Control
Module J505

3
Current value is calculated by Heated Windshield Control Module J505 and
Display = "0 to XXX A" (amps)

Status of Heated Windshield Z2 and Heated Windshield Control Module J505

Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
4 J255.
Example
Display = "00000000" (No malfunction in Heated Windshield Control

Module J505 )
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 92
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Lower limit value for resistance of Heated Windshield Z2
Display only applicable to vehicles with "heated windshield" as optional

extra (introduction not yet finalized)
Resistance value is calculated by Heated Windshield Control Module J505
and transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect
046 1 Module J255.
Display = "0 ohms" (no Heated Windshield Control Module J505 installed or
short circuit in wiring to Heated Windshield Z2 )
Display = "0.5 to 2.5 ohms" (resistance value OK)
Display = greater than "2.5 ohms" (contact resistance in wiring to Heated

Windshield Z2 , checking --> Heated Windshield Z2 , checking actuation )
Upper limit value for resistance of Heated Windshield Z2

Resistance value is calculated by Heated Windshield Control Module J505
and transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect
Module J255.
2
Display = "0 ohms" (no Heated Windshield Control Module J505 installed
Display = "2.5 to 4.0 ohms" (resistance value OK)
Display = greater than "4.0 ohms" (contact resistance in wiring to Heated

Windshield Z2 or no Heated Windshield Control Module J505 installed,
checking --> Heated Windshield Z2 , checking actuation )
If resistance is greater than 4.0 ohms following actuation, rated power of

Heated Windshield Z2 is no longer attained.
Actual value for resistance of Heated Windshield Z2

3 Display only applicable to vehicles with "heated windshield" as optional
extra
Power value is transmitted by Heated Windshield Control Module J505 via

air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 93
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Display = "0.5 to 4.0 ohms"
If resistance is greater than 4.0 ohms following actuation, rated power of

Heated Windshield Z2 is no longer attained --> Heated Windshield Z2 ,
checking actuation.

Display =
"XXXXXXXX" Display = "1" (this malfunction detected)
If a malfunction is detected (display = "1" in any position), Heated

Windshield Z2 is not actuated by Heated Windshield Control Module J505.
X Insufficient voltage at Heated Windshield Control Module J505 (less than 11.5 V)
X Excessive voltage at Heated Windshield Control Module J505 (greater than 16.5 V)
X Excessive temperature of electronics in Heated Windshield Control Module J505
Excessive resistance of heating element in Heated Windshield Z2 (wiring resistance
X
or possibly broken windshield)
Insufficient resistance of heating element in Heated Windshield Z2 (possibly short
X
circuit between heating element and vehicle body)
Insufficient resistance of heating element in Heated Windshield Z2 (possibly short
X circuit in wiring between Heated Windshield Control Module J505 and Heated
Windshield Z2 )
X Display not used at present
X Malfunction in electronics of Heated Windshield Control Module J505
Display group "047"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Hardware version of Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
047 1 Hardware version is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local
Software version of Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126

2
Software version is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 94

Hardware version of Heated Windshield Control Module J505
Hardware version is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local
3 Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic
extra
Software version of Heated Windshield Control Module J505
Software version is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local
4 Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic
extra
Display group "050"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Code "1" for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Code for number of cylinders, type of engine and country version (table for
code "1" --> Code "1" table (number of cylinders, type of engine and
country version) )
050 1
Display = " XXXXXXX0" (explanatory notes --> Code "1" table (number
of cylinders, type of engine and country version) )
Example for vehicle with 6-cyl. gasoline engine for rest of world (e.g.
Germany) "00000110"
Code for body version and certain optional extras (table for code "2" -->
Code "2" table (body version and certain optional extras) )
2
Display = " XXXXXXXXX" (explanatory notes --> Code "2" table (body
version and certain optional extras) )
Example for Sedan with left-hand drive and optional extras "Sun roof with
solar cells" and "Electric rear roller blind" "00110000"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 95
Code for type of fuel injection and certain optional extras (table for code
"3" ) --> Planned code "3" table (type of fuel injection and certain
3 optional extras)
Display = " 00000000" (explanatory notes --> Planned code "3" table
(type of fuel injection and certain optional extras) )
Hardware version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
4
Display = "XX"
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Specification for actuation of Air Ionization Module J707
Display only applicable to vehicles with "air ionization system" as optional

This display zone is not used on vehicles with no Air Ionization Module J707
051 1 (display = "not used" ).
Display = "XX %" (specification only as of introduction of Air Ionization

Module J707 )
Specification can be altered by way of "Adaptation" function of control and

Actual value for actuation of Air Ionization Module J707

2 (display = "not used" ).
Actual value is transmitted by Air Ionization Module J707 to control and

display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 via air conditioner data bus
system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)".
Actual voltage for actuation of Air Ionization Module J707

(display = "not used" ).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 96
Display = "0 to XX V" (volts)
3 Actual voltage is transmitted by Air Ionization Module J707 to control and

display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 via air conditioner data bus
system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)".
Status of Air Ionization Module J707
Module J255.
4 (display = "not used" ).
Example
Display = "00000000" (No malfunction in Air Ionization Module J707 )
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Hardware and software version of Air Ionization Module J707
Hardware and software versions are transmitted via air conditioner data bus
system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit,
052 1 Climatronic Control Module J255.
Display = " XXXX"

Manufacturers serial number for Air Ionization Module J707
Serial number is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local
2 Control Module J255.
Display = "XXXX"
Hours of operation of Air Ionization Module J707 with actuation by control and

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 97

3 Operating time value is calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic

Control Module J255. "On" time is transmitted by Air Ionization Module
J707 via air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-
Bus)".
Display = "0 to XXXXX" (hours)


Display =
"XXXXXXXX" Display = "1" (this malfunction detected)
If a malfunction is detected (display = "1" in any position), Air Ionization

Module J707 is not actuated.
X Insufficient voltage at Air Ionization Module J707 (less than 11.5 V)
X Excessive voltage at Air Ionization Module J707 (greater than 16.5 V)
X Malfunction in electronics of Air Ionization Module J707
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Coolant Pump V50 speed pulse actual value
Coolant Pump V50 emits a certain number of pulses per revolution, from
which control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
053 1 calculates speed of Coolant Pump V50.
Display = approx. "0 Hz" (Hertz, pulses per second)
Coolant Pump V50 currently not being actuated for example

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 98
Display = approx. "350 to 650 Hz" (Hertz, pulses per second)
Coolant Pump V50 in operation

Actual value is governed by voltage applied to control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (with coolant circuit full and engine
running, currently approx. 500 Hz)
Lower limit value for Coolant Pump V50 pulses
Pulse lower limit value is calculated by control and display unit,

2
Display = "200 to 350 Hz" (Hertz, pulses per second)
Lower limit value is governed by voltage applied to control and display

unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and adaptation of control and
display unit (currently approx. 310 Hz).
Upper limit value for Coolant Pump V50 speed
Speed is calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control

Module J255.
3
Display = "650 to 800 Hz" (Hertz, pulses per second)
Upper limit value is governed by voltage applied to control and display

unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and adaptation of control and
display unit (currently 650 Hz).
Actuation of Coolant Pump V50 by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255
Display = "Off"
Coolant Pump V50 not actuated, e.g. "Lo" temperature selected for drivers
4
and front passengers side
Display = "On"
Coolant Pump V50 actuation, e.g. "Hi" temperature selected for drivers
and/or front passengers side
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Pressure in refrigerant circuit in bar
Calculated by way of signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 by

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 99

Refrigerant pressure is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local
054 1 Control Module J255.
Display = "0 to 33 bar"
For permissible refrigerant circuit pressure values, refer to display group "1"
Temperature of refrigerant in refrigerant circuit in ° C (Celsius)
Calculated by way of signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 by

Refrigerant temperature is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system
"Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit,
Display = " -100 to 150 ° C " (Celsius)
2 A specific relationship exists between temperature and pressure in refrigerant

circuit --> 87 - AIR CONDITIONING . Insufficient refrigerant in circuit
will however lead to disproportionate increase in temperature with air
conditioner switched on.
On account of the design of the A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 and
its component location, temperature displayed differs from actual temperature
of refrigerant. At present this is therefore not evaluated and used for air
conditioner regulation.
If temperature in refrigerant circuit exceeds 80 ° C, check actuation of

Coolant Fan V7 and possible contamination of condenser before performing
refrigerant circuit repair work.
Hardware and software version of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
Hardware and software versions are transmitted via air conditioner data bus
3 system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit,
Display = "XXXX"
Status of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
4 Status is transmitted via air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect
Network (LIN-Bus)" to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255.
Display = "0000XXXX" (explanatory notes )

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 100
Example
Display = "00000000" (No malfunction in A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor

G395 )

Display =
"XXXX" Display = "1" (this malfunction detected)
If a malfunction is detected (display = "1" in any position), DTC A/C

Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 is stored.
X Incorrect measured value of integrated pressure sensor
X Incorrect measured value of integrated temperature sensor
X Malfunction in one of the two integrated sensors or in electronics
X Malfunction in electronics of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
0000 Display not used at present
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
Design status of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
069 1
Not intended for service use.
Display zone not used at present (display = "Not used" or "Display group not
available" )
070 1 Not intended for service use.
Intended for channel number for On Board Diagnostics (OBD) of control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 without tester
Display zone not used at present (display = "Not used" or "Display group not
available" )
2 Not intended for service use.

Intended for measured values of diagnosis channel displayed in zone 1 for
On Board Diagnostics (OBD) of control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 without tester
3 and 4 Display zones not used at present (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 101
Display group "078"
Display Display
Designation
group number zone
Figure calculated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
for actuation of Left Heat Regulating Valve N175
078 1 Display = " -70 to +155 ° C "
Figure is governed by set temperature and measured ambient/outflow

temperature etc.
for actuation of Right Heat Regulating Valve N176
2 Display = " -70 to +155 ° C "
Figure is governed by set temperature and measured ambient/outflow

temperature etc.
for left specified outflow temperature
Range displayed for calculated figure varies (depending on type and

software version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
3 J255 )
Display = " 100 to +155 ° C " or " 3 to 70 ° C "
Figure calculated for specified temperature is governed by set temperature

and measured ambient/outflow temperature etc.
for right specified outflow temperature
Range displayed for calculated figure varies (depending on type and

software version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
4 J255 )
Display = " 100 to +155 ° C " or " 3 to 70 ° C "
Figure calculated for specified temperature is governed by set temperature

and measured ambient/outflow temperature etc.
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 , display groups currently not intended for service use
NOTE: Depending on version of control and display unit, Climatronic Control

Module J255 , there may not be any display in these measured value
blocks or display zone may have a black background.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 102
Display
Display
group Designation
zone
number
080 1 Manufacturer and factory code
Date of manufacture of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
2
Module J255 , this display appears in zone "1"
Manufacturers modification status of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255
3
Number of test bench on which control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 was checked at the factory
4
Manufacturers serial number
5
Display zone not used at start of production (display = "Not used" or display zone
blank)
081 1 Intended for chassis number first transmitted by data bus system and stored
in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 on
initialization of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255

Designation
number zone
Display zone not used (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
081 2
Intended for assemblies or serial number received from/transmitted by
CAN-Bus system
Display zones not used (display = "Not used" or display zone blank)
3 and 4
Intended for type approval number received from/transmitted by CAN-
Bus system
082 1
Intended for flash tool number of data level of control and display unit,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:42 AM Page 103
Intended for date on which last flash was implemented for control and
2
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (flash = input of new data)
3
Intended for (electronics) hardware version of control and display unit,
4
Intended for software version (electronics data level) of control and
CLIMATRONIC CONTROL MODULE J255 , ADAPTATION
List of adaptation channels
NOTE: This information lists the various adaptation channels for information
purposes only. When performing "Adaptation" function as part of Guided
Fault Finding, an explanation is given of the changes to control functions
made in the adaptation channels as well as appropriate notes "Guided
Only adaptation channels "1" to "47" and "81" are intended for service use
at present.
Module J255 , it is possible to enter values other than those described in
the following table in the various adaptation channels. As however
adaptation values are only stored for the adaptation processes contained
in the following table, non-listed adaptation values are not to be entered.
Adaptation channels "01" to "23"
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Temperature increase after starting auxiliary heating/ventilation mode (not for

USA)

01 0 Module J255 , this adaptation function will not be available for all
vehicles at the start of production (introduction not yet finalized)
In Basic Setting "0" , specified temperature in auxiliary

heating/ventilation mode is set to same level as specified temperature in
air conditioning mode (not for USA)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 104
Adaptation function can be used to increase or reduce specified

temperature in 0.5 ° C steps by up to 2.0 ° C (input value 1 to 8)
Temperature increase at end of specified auxiliary heating/ventilation
operating time (not for USA)

Module J255 , this adaptation function will not be available for all
vehicles at the start of production (introduction not yet finalized)
02 0
In Basic Setting "0" , specified temperature in auxiliary
heating/ventilation mode is set to same level as specified temperature in
air conditioning mode (not for USA)
Adaptation function can be used to increase specified temperature in 0.5

° C steps by up to 2.0 ° C (input value 1 to 4)
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Compressor shutoff by Engine Control Module (ECM) via "Air conditioner
compressor shutoff" function
In Basic Setting "1" , actuation of A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280

is deactivated as soon as request is received from Engine Control Module
(ECM).
03 1 Adaptation function can be used to suppress deactivation of A/C

Compressor Regulator Valve -N280- actuation on account of "air
conditioner compressor shutoff" by changing adaptation value to
"0" (control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 then
ignores request from Engine Control Module (ECM))
Adaptation "0" may be activated at the factory depending on version of
vehicle and control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
with "Hot country" coding for example.
Upper control current limit for A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280
In Basic Setting "0" , control current for A/C Compressor Regulator Valve
N280 is limited in line with coding of control and display unit, Climatronic
04 0 Control Module J255.
Adaptation is not to be (cannot be) altered.

If "2.0" has been entered for example, control and display unit limits
control current to 200 mA
Basic
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 105
Adaptation Setting at
Function
channel factory
Extended air conditioner requirement
With control and display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 installed
at the start of production, service alteration of this adaptation is not
possible (introduction not yet finalized)
In Basic Setting "1" , actuation of A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280

is deactivated as soon as ambient temperature is less than -5 ° C (less than -
05 1 8 ° C in the event of request for "autom. air recirculation" from Air Quality
Sensor G238 ).
To stop evaporator icing-up at low ambient temperatures, cut-out

temperature is raised in accordance with evaporator outflow temperature,
passenger compartment temperature and air conditioner operating status
Adaptation function can be used to reduce cut-out temperature to approx.
+2 ° C by altering adaptation value to "0" (approx. -82 ° C in the event of
request for "autom. air recirculation" from Air Quality Sensor G238 ).
Decision-making process for auxiliary heating/ventilation mode (not for USA)
In Basic Setting "0" (automatic) and with ignition off, control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 determines by way of measured
actual temperatures and set specified temperatures whether auxiliary heater
06 0 is to be started up or system is to operate in auxiliary ventilation mode (not
for USA).
In setting "1" (last function), control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 always requests last mode set and activated in MMI (Multi
Media Interface) terminal (auxiliary heating or auxiliary ventilation)
regardless of measured/set temperatures (not for USA).
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Shutoff characteristics for auxiliary heating/ventilation mode (not for USA)
In Basic Setting "0" , auxiliary heating/ventilation remains in operation

07 0 until set operating time has elapsed or until manually deactivated (not for
USA).
In setting "1" , auxiliary heating/ventilation is shut off when engine is
switched off (not for USA).
Reduction of fresh-air blower speed on voice recognition
This function is not yet active on control and display units installed at the
start of production (introduction not yet finalized)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 106
In Basic Setting "0" , fresh-air blower speed is not reduced whilst

"telephone voice input" information is being transmitted via convenience
CAN-Bus system.
08 0
In setting "1 to 255" , fresh-air blower speed is reduced by the value set
(20 units correspond to approx. 1 V) whilst "telephone voice input"
information is being transmitted via convenience CAN-Bus system.
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Resetting of all adaptation values to setting corresponding to coding
It may not be possible to implement this adaptation with all control and
display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 installed at the start of
production (introduction not yet finalized)
09 0
No resetting takes place with Basic Setting "0"
In setting "1" , all adaptation values altered are reset to Basic Setting
corresponding to coding.
On completion of adaptation in this channel, display changes to "0"

Upper regulation limit for temperature of air downstream of evaporator
In setting "10" , evaporator temperature can be regulated to max. +10 °

C (Celsius) depending on setting on control and display units,
Climatronic Control Module J255 , measured temperatures etc.
10 10 In setting "0 to 9" , air temperature is regulated in line with adaptation,
e.g. to max. 6 ° C for setting "6"
To stop evaporator icing up, no value less than "2" is to be entered

(values less than "2" are intended for extreme usage conditions and are
not permissible for countries with a temperate climate).
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Display of "Sun roof with solar cells" function in MMI (Multi Media Interface)
In Basic Setting "1" , "Solar operation" function does not appear in MMI
display (Multi Media Interface)
11 1
Adaptation for vehicles with and without factory-installed sun roof with
solar cells
In setting "0" , "Solar operation" function appears in MMI display.

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 107
Setting "0" can be made for vehicles with sun roof with solar cells on
customer request. This enables customers to deactivate "Solar operation"
The temperature at which the "Solar operation" function is switched on
and off is set via the "Adaptation" function (adaptation channel "43" ) -->
Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation
Adaptation channel not used at present
Intended for release of On Board Diagnostics (OBD) for control and

display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 without diagnosis tester
in measured value block "069"
12 1 Service alteration of this adaptation is not possible
In Basic Setting "1" , On Board Diagnostics (OBD) without diagnosis

tester is disabled
Basic Setting is not to be (cannot be) altered.

Intended for development identification number of control and display

13 0 units, Climatronic Control Module J255
Service alteration of this adaptation is not possible
Display is disabled in Basic Setting "0"

Should it be possible to alter the adaptation with an control and display

unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 installed at the start of
14 production, this is never to be done, as it may then not be possible to
erase entry in DTC memory.
Display is disabled in Basic Setting "0".
Intended for display of DTC memory entry "Component protection" for

control and display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 during
development process for example.
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Fresh-air blower speed in auxiliary heating/ventilation mode (not for USA)
In Basic Setting "60" , control and display unit, Climatronic Control

Module J255 regulates maximum voltage at Fresh Air Blower V2 to 6V.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 108
In setting "30 to 80" , fresh-air blower speed is regulated to set value ( "45"
corresponding e.g. to 4.5 V).
15 60 To avoid excessive loading (and thus too rapid discharge) of battery in
auxiliary heating/ventilation mode, no value higher than "60" is to be
entered (not for USA)
Release of auxiliary heater actuation via "Residual heat" function (not for USA)
16
This function is only active on vehicles with factory-installed "auxiliary
heater" (not for USA).
Vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
In Basic Setting "0" , auxiliary heater is not switched on if control and

display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is in "Residual heat" mode
( "Econ" button pressed for longer than approx. 3 s with ignition off) and
coolant temperature of engine is not sufficient to attain specified passenger
0 compartment temperature (not for USA)
In setting "1" , auxiliary heater is switched on if control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 is in "Residual heat" mode ( "Econ"
button pressed for longer than approx. 3 s with ignition off) and coolant
temperature of engine is not sufficient to attain specified passenger
compartment temperature (not for USA)
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Release of service installed auxiliary heater (not for USA)
On vehicles with factory-installed auxiliary heater, adaptation is not to be

changed to "1" (auxiliary heater and control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 exchange information via convenience CAN-Bus
system) (not for USA)
In Basic Setting "0" , control and display unit, Climatronic Control

Module J255 cannot be actuated by a service installed auxiliary heater by
17 0
way of a positive signal (not for USA).
Terminal "15" is connected to connector "D" , contact "11"

If voltage is applied to connector "D" , contact "11" with ignition off,
control and display unit does not start up (DTC may be stored in control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 )
In setting "1" , control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
can be actuated by a service installed auxiliary heater by way of a
positive signal (not for USA).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 109
Auxiliary heater signal output is connected to connector "D" , contact

"11" (not for USA)
If voltage is applied to connector "D" , contact "11" with ignition off,
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 starts up
( "Auxiliary heating" mode). (not for USA)
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Intended for suppression of request for shutdown of electrical equipment from
Energy Management Control Module J644

18 0
In Basic Setting "0" , control and display units, Climatronic Control
Module J255 shut down electrical equipment as soon as request is
received from Energy Management Control Module J644.
20 Adaptation channel not used at present
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Display of "incl. engine" or "engine pre-heating" function in MMI display (Multi
Media Interface)
Depending on version of the MMI, the "incl. engine" function is not

displayed, even though it has been enabled in control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 in adaptation channel "21" (introduction
not yet finalized).
This function is only active in vehicles with a factory-installed "auxiliary
heater" and if it is intended in the MMI (not for USA).
In Basic Setting "0" , "incl. engine" function does not appear in MMI
21 0 display
In auxiliary heating mode, Engine Coolant (EC) Switch-Off Valve (heater)

N279 is actuated by way of a characteristic curve stored in auxiliary heater
control module in such a manner that passenger compartment is warmed as
quickly as possible (not for USA)
In setting "1" , "incl. engine" or "engine pre-heating" function appears in

MMI display.
Setting "1" can be made on customer request.

The setting "incl. engine" in MMI enables customers to specify equal
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 110
heating of engine and passenger compartment in auxiliary heating mode

( Engine Coolant (EC) Switch-Off Valve (heater) N279 is not actuated,
warming of passenger compartment takes accordingly longer) (not for
USA)
Adaptation of fresh-air blower characteristic curve
In Basic Setting "0" , Fresh Air Blower V2 runs at power level assigned to
this code.
In setting "1" , Fresh Air Blower V2 runs with slightly reduced power over
entire characteristic curve range.
22 0 In setting "2" , Fresh Air Blower V2 runs with slightly higher power over
entire characteristic curve range.
In setting "3" , Fresh Air Blower V2 runs at power level adapted for use in
USA (slightly more power in certain ranges) over entire characteristic
curve range
Settings "4" and "5" are not permitted at present (no characteristic curve
stored)
Adaptation of temperature characteristic curve
In Basic Setting "0" , control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 regulates temperature to values assigned to this code.
In setting "1" , temperature is regulated to a slightly cooler characteristic
curve in winter (cold country characteristic).
23 0
In setting "2" , temperature is regulated to a slightly cooler characteristic
curve in summer (corresponds to characteristic curve stored for USA
coding).
Settings "3" , "4" and "5" are not permitted at present (no characteristic
curve stored)
Adaptation channels "24" to "81"
Adaptation Basic Setting

Function
channel at factory
Intended for suppressing storage of a specific DTC in DTC

memory (malfunction "1" )
24 0
In Basic Setting "0" , all malfunctions detected by control and

display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 are stored.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 111

25 0


26 0

Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Run-on time for actuation of valves of pump valve unit after switching off
ignition
Actuation of valves ( Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat
Regulating Valve N176 ) for a certain period after switching off
ignition stops hot coolant flowing into air conditioner.
27 2
In Basic Setting "2" , valve actuation is maintained for 20 s by control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 after switching off
ignition.
In setting "0 to 180" , valve actuation is maintained for set period after
switching off ignition (e.g. 80 s with setting "8" ).
Time prior to shutoff of Coolant Pump V50 if speed value set in measured
value block "53" is not reached (e.g. pump stiff).
In Basic Setting "5" , pump actuation is maintained for 5 s by control

28 5 and display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 (before pump is
shut down and a DTC stored).
In setting "0 to 255" , pump actuation is maintained for set period (e.g.
10 s with setting "10" ).
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 112
Intended for entry of lowest permissible number of Coolant Pump V50 pulses

Coolant Pump V50 emits a certain number of pulses per revolution.
29 146 Lower pulse limit value is calculated by control and display units,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (in setting "146" e.g. 300 pulses per
second at a voltage of 12.5 V)
In Basic Setting "146" , DTC is stored if, with an electrical system

voltage of approx. 12.5 V, number of pulses is less than 300 per second
for longer than time entered in adaptation channel "27" (e.g. pump stiff).
Intended for entry of highest permissible number of Coolant Pump V50 pulses

Coolant Pump V50 emits a certain number of pulses per revolution.
Maximum permissible number of pulses is entered at factory in control

30 650
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
To prevent dry-running of pump, e.g. when coolant circuit is empty,
pump is deactivated as soon as number of pulses entered is exceeded
In Basic Setting "650" , pump is deactivated if number of pulses is

higher than 650 per min. for a lengthy period.
Intended for activation of component protection for control and display units,
31 1
Component protection is not active in Basic Setting "1".
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Intended for actuation of Air Ionization Module J707 by control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 in "recirculated-air" mode
32 0
Service alteration of this adaptation is not possible.
In Basic Setting "0" , Air Ionization Module J707 is not actuated in

recirculated-air mode.
Intended for actuation of Air Ionization Module J707 by control and display
units, Climatronic Control Module J255 in "fresh-air" mode (introduction not
yet finalized)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 113
In Basic Setting "60" , Air Ionization Module J707 is actuated at approx.

60 % of maximum power in fresh-air mode.
33 60
In setting "0 to 100" , Air Ionization Module J707 is actuated at entered
power level in fresh-air mode (e.g. 40% in setting "40" ).
Intended for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 for
alteration of humidity specification (introduction not yet finalized).
34 0
This adaptation function is not available on control and display units,
Climatronic Control Module J255 installed at start of production
(introduction not yet finalized, value is however not to be altered)
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Release of "residual heat" function of control and display unit, Climatronic
35
Control Module J255
J255 is not switched on if "Econ" button is pressed for longer than approx.
3 s with ignition off (residual heat function)
0
In setting "1" , control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is
switched on for max. 30 minutes if "On/Off" button is pressed for longer
than approx. 3 s with ignition off (residual heat function)
For vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Service alteration of this adaptation is not possible at present
J255 is switched on for max. 30 minutes (and switched off again) if "Econ"
1 button is pressed for longer than approx. 3 s with ignition off (residual heat
function). On vehicles with auxiliary heater installed as optional extra, this
may be switched on depending on coolant temperature (not for USA)
In setting "0" , control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is
not switched on if "Econ/On/Off" button is pressed for longer than approx.
3 s with ignition off (residual heat function)
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
36 Adaptation channel not used at present
Type of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 signal
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 114
J255 expects signal from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 via air
conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)".
37 1
In setting "0" , control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
expects pressure signal (square-wave signal) from High Pressure Sensor
G65 at input, connector "D" , contact "10"
Activation of "recirculated air mode" function with windshield wiper "wipe/wash
mode"
The adaptation channel is used only for control and display units,
Climatronic Control Module J255 , as of software number "0070"
The adaptation channel is not used for control and display units,
Climatronic Control Module J255 , up to software number "0060" , A/C
system is switched into recirculated air mode upon windshield wiper
38 0 "wipe/wash mode".
At Basic Setting "0" , it is not switched to recirculated air mode when

windshield wiper switch "wipe/wash mode" is operated
At setting "1" (may be performed upon customer request), control and

display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 , switches the A/C system
to recirculated air mode as soon as a request for windshield wiper
"wipe/wash mode" is received via the CAN-Bus system (read measured
value block, display group "022" )
Display time for certain air conditioner setting functions on MMI display (Multi
Media Interface) e.g. temperature setting, air distribution
In Basic Setting "10" , relevant air conditioner function appears in MMI

display for 10 seconds.
In setting "2 to 200" , relevant air conditioner function appears in MMI
39 10 display for set time (e.g. 20 s with setting "20" ).
Adaptation value of "30" may have been set for control and display units
installed at the start of production. If so, value is to be changed to "10".
Pressing relevant function button of control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 a second time causes MMI display to return
immediately to start menu.
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Display time for certain setting functions on MMI display (Multi Media
Interface) by way of air conditioner "Set-up" function (e.g. Econ)
In Basic Setting "10" , relevant air conditioner function appears in MMI

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 115
display for 10 seconds.

In setting "2 to 200" , relevant air conditioner function appears in MMI
display for set time (e.g. 20 s with setting "20" ).
40 10 Adaptation value of "30" may have been set for control and display
units installed at the start of production. If so, value is to be changed to
"10".
Pressing "Set-up" button a second time causes MMI display to return
immediately to start menu.
Adaptation of air flow to windshield in summer in "Auto" setting on control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
In "Auto" mode, cooled air is routed to windshield in summer and may

under certain circumstances lead to condensation forming on outside of
windshield.
If code for "USA" or "Japan" has been entered, adaptation "1" is active
41 0 (1)
In Basic Setting "0" , air flow to windshield corresponds to that stored
for this setting in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 in line with ambient conditions.
In setting "1" , air flow to windshield is less than that set in control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (defrost flap and indirect
ventilation flap are closed almost completely)
Basic
Adaptation
Setting at Function
channel
factory
Adaptation of air routing to footwell in cooling mode (summer mode)
In Basic Setting "0" , footwell flaps are closed in cooling mode.

42 0
In setting "1" , footwell flaps are slightly open in cooling mode (approx.
20 %, small quantity of air is routed into footwell).
Shutoff temperature for "Solar mode" function
At low ambient temperatures, condensate may form on windshield in

solar mode (fresh air drawn in by fresh-air blower is heated in Heating
and A/C unit and absorbs moisture on passing through evaporator; this
43 48
moisture then condenses again on cold windshield).
In Basic Setting "48" , "Solar mode" function is deactivated at ambient

temperatures below 8 ° C (Celsius)
In setting "0 to 120" , "Solar mode" function is deactivated at set ambient
temperature (e.g. at 0 ° C in setting "40" )
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 116
Adaptation value is calculated as follows: Specified shutoff temperature

in ° C + 40 = Adaptation value (e.g. 40 + 8 ° C = 48)

Function
channel at factory
Time within which temperatures specified for Basic Setting in display
group "003" must be attained
In Basic Setting "60" , specified temperatures must be attained

within max. 300 s (60 x 5 = 300 s).
Specified time is not to be altered (malfunction has occurred if

44 60 specified values are not attained)
In setting "0" , Basic Setting is not possible in display group "003"
In setting "1 to 254" , specified time is between 5 s (in setting "1" )

and 21 min. (in setting "254" )
In setting "255" , Basic Setting procedure is implemented without
time limitation until ignition is switched off (entry not permitted)
Time within which temperatures specified for Basic Setting in display
group "004" must be attained
In Basic Setting "12" , specified temperatures must be attained

within max. 60 s (12 x 5 = 60 s).

45 12 specified values are not attained)
In setting "0" , Basic Setting is not possible in display group "004".
In setting "1 to 254" , specified time is between 5 s (in setting "1" )

and 21 min. (in setting "254" )
In setting "255" , Basic Setting procedure is implemented without
time limitation until ignition is switched off (entry not permitted).

Function
channel at factory
Temperature difference between left and right side which must be attained in
Basic Setting, display group "004".
46 10 In Basic Setting "10" , temperature difference must be at least 10 ° C

(Celsius).

specified values are not attained)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 117
In setting "0 to 100" , specification is between 0 ° C (in setting "0" )

and 100 ° C (in setting "100" )
It may no longer be possible to implement Basic Setting properly if

value entered is too high (greater than e.g. "20" ). Basic Setting value
is therefore not to be altered.
Adaptation channel not assigned
47
Vehicles until model year 2007
Temperature setting indicator in Multi Media Interface (MMI) display
Vehicles with "Comfort" version A/C system from model year 2007
(as running change in production)
Depending on coding and adaptation of front Climatronic Control
Module J255 , the respective setting does not always appear on Multi
Media Interface (MMI) display when turning the rotary temperature
control.
5 (or 0,
depending on
At setting "5" (on all vehicles except for USA at this time), the
coding)
temperature setting is shown on MMI display when turning rotary
temperature control of front control and display unit Climatronic
Control Module J255
At setting "0" (only vehicles for USA at this time), the temperature
setting is shown on MMI display when turning rotary temperature
control of front control and display unit Climatronic Control Module
J255 only when the rotary temperature control has been briefly pressed
beforehand.
Intended for erasing chassis number stored in control and display unit,
This function is not active on control and display units, Climatronic

81 0 Control Module J255 installed at the start of production (introduction
not yet finalized)
At present, chassis number is not stored by control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault Finding" function of
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS
5051 A/5052.
AIR CONDITIONING, ELECTRICAL CHECKS
Air conditioning, electrical checks
NOTE: The "Electrical check" function is not described in this information. When
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 118
implementing electrical checks by way of the "Guided Fault Finding"

function, information is given on the functions to be checked "Guided
The temperature-sensitive resistance values for the various temperature
sensors are listed in a table which can be called up via the "Guided Fault
Finding" function "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Electrical checks are to be performed as described in Guided Fault Finding
routine "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Wiring and component check using test box V.A.G 1598 A
Special tools, testers and other items required
Test box V.A.G 1598 A with Adapter V.A.G 1598/11 and Adapter - 16 Terminals V.A.G 1598/12 (for
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 with Multimeter Leads
VAS 5051/7 , Dso Measuring Leads 1 2 VAS 5051/8 and Inductive Pickup (50 Amp) VAS 5051/9
Voltage tester V.A.G 1527 B
Connector test set V.A.G 1594 C
Temperature measuring instrument

Wiring diagram for vehicle system to be checked --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and
Component Locations
COMPONENTS ACTUATED BY CONTROL AND DISPLAY UNITS, CLIMATRONIC CONTROL

MODULE J255 , ELECTRICAL CHECKS
Heated Rear Window Z1 , checking
NOTE: Situations preventing activation of heated rear window (short circuit in

connection to rear window, open circuit in power supply to control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ) are stored as DTCs in
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault
If voltage measured at Energy Management Control Module J644 at
terminal "30" drops below value stored in Energy Management Control
Module J644 , heated rear window is deactivated e.g. by Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519 (or power is reduced) to relieve load on
generator "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 119
Heated rear window is only actuated by Vehicle Electrical System Control

Module J519 when engine is running. With engine stopped, there is no
feedback from Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 and LED in
button of control and display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 goes
out again shortly after actuation.
If heated rear window has to be deactivated on account of insufficient
voltage, indicator lamp in button for heated rear window in control and
display units, Climatronic Control Module J255 remains on. However if
deactivation lasts longer than approx. 150 s, control and display units,
Climatronic Control Module J255 switch off indicator lamp.
Measured value block of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 shows that Heated Rear Window Z1 is on or indicates why
there is no actuation in spite of corresponding request (display groups
"023" and "033" to "035" ) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
Checking actuation of heated rear window operation is described in
Guided Fault Finding for air conditioner "Guided Fault Finding" function of
A/5052.
At ambient temperatures greater than 0 ° C, heated rear window is
switched off automatically by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 on completion of operating period stored in control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (approx. 10 minutes).
At ambient temperatures below 0 ° C, heated rear wi ndow remains
switched on until ignition is switched off (manual deactivation and re-
activation are possible at any time). If the temperature during a driving
cycle rises above 0 ° C, Heated Rear Window Z1 is d eactivated on
completion of operating period stored in control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (approx. 10 minutes).
Module J255 , "heated rear window on" function is stored when ignition is
switched off and heated rear window is re-activated after starting engine.
Heated seats, checking
NOTE: Situations preventing activation of drivers/front passengers seat heating

(short circuit in connection to seat heating element, open circuit in power
supply to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ) are
stored as DTCs in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Checking actuation of heated seat operation is described in Guided Fault
Finding for air conditioner "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 120
If voltage measured at Energy Management Control Module J644 at

terminal "30" drops below value stored in Energy Management Control
Module J644 , seat heating is deactivated (or power is reduced) to relieve
load on generator (electronics system of control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 reduces actuation duty cycle from 100%
to 90 to 0%) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 (control
modules exchange appropriate information by way of convenience CAN-
Bus system).
Module J255 shows that front seat heating is on or indicates why there is
no actuation in spite of corresponding request (display groups "027" ,
In vehicles with seat occupied sensor system, the seat heaters for front
passengers seat and rear seats may be switched off after approx. 10
minutes, if Airbag Control Module J234 detects the seat is unoccupied
(read measuring value block of Airbag Control Module J234 Vehicle
Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051 in "Guided Fault
Finding" function ).
Heated Windshield Z2 , checking actuation
NOTE: On vehicles with "heated windshield" as optional extra (introduction not

yet finalized), Heated Windshield Control Module J505 is actuated by
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 by way of air
conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)".
Actuation is displayed in measured value block (display groups "033" to
Checking actuation of heated windshield "Guided Fault Finding" function
5051 A/5052
"Solar mode" function, checking on vehicles with sun roof with solar cells
NOTE: On vehicles with "sun roof with solar cells" as optional extra (introduction
not yet finalized), Fresh Air Blower V2 is started up by way of Fresh Air
Blower Control Module J126 with ignition off "Guided Fault Finding"
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Depending on adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 (adaptation channel "011" ), "Solar mode" function can be
deactivated via MMI (Multi Media Interface) (control modules exchange
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 121
appropriate information via convenience CAN-Bus system) "Guided Fault

Depending on adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 (adaptation channel "043" ), "Solar mode" function is
deactivated by Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 at low ambient
temperatures (control modules exchange appropriate information by way
of air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-
Bus)" ) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Module J255 indicates for example the number of Fresh Air Blower Control
Module J126 operating hours in solar mode (display groups "043" and
"044" ) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Checking sun roof with solar cells --> Operation of solar roof and "Guided
service system VAS 5051 A/5052
87 - AIR CONDITIONING
SAFETY MEASURES WHEN WORKING ON VEHICLES WITH AIR CONDITIONER AND FOR
HANDLING REFRIGERANT
Safety measures when working on vehicles with air conditioner and for handling refrigerant
The assemblies and piping system of the air conditioner are filled with the following refrigerant:
1.1.1.2 tetrafluoroethane (CF 3 -CH 2 F or CH 2 F-CF 3 )
This refrigerant is currently marketed in Germany as R134a, H-FKW 134a, SUVA 134a and KLEA 134a (trade
names may vary in other countries).
Safety measures
Safety measures
The subassemblies and lines of the air conditioner are filled with tetrafluoroethane also known as
refrigerant R-134a.
Refrigerant R-134a replaces the refrigerant R-12 which is reported to have harmful effects on the earths
ozone layer.
R-134a and R-12 systems are similar in design but there are very important differences in the refrigerants,
lubricating oils, service equipment and A/C system components.
CAUTION: Always use an Underwriters Laboratory (UL) approved refrigerant

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 122
recovery/recycling/recharging unit such as Kent-Moore ACR 4 , or

equivalent, whenever discharging an R-134a A/C system.
As of January 1, 1992 any person who services a motor vehicle air
conditioner MUST, by law, be properly trained and certified and use
approve refrigerant recycling equipment. Technicians must complete
an EPA approved recycling course to be certified.
State and Provincial governments may have additional requirements
regarding air conditioning servicing. Always comply with state and
local laws.
A/C system is filled with refrigerant which is under pressure.
Refrigerant must not come in contact with your skin.
If liquid refrigerant has come in contact with your skin or eyes:
Do not rub skin or eyes

Immediately flush with cool water for 15 minutes
Rush to a doctor or hospital
Do not attempt to treat yourself
Switch on existing exhaust/ventilation systems when working on the
refrigerant system.
Work in a well ventilated area because refrigerants are heavier than
air, displace oxygen and may cause suffocation in areas of poor air
circulation, like under the car.
Avoid breathing refrigerant vapors. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose
and throat.
Always wear hand and eye protection (gloves and goggles) when
working around the A/C refrigerant system.
Do not expose any component of the A/C system to high
temperatures (above 80 ° C/176 ° F) or open flames. Excessive heat
will cause a pressure increase which could burst the system.
Keep refrigerant containers stored below 50 ° C (12 2 ° F) and never
drop from high places. DO NOT warm refrigerant containers with an
open flame. If refrigerant needs to be warmed, place bottom of tank in
warm water.
Keep refrigerant away from open flames because poisonous gas will
be produced if it burns. Do not smoke when refrigerant are present
for the same reason.
Electric welding near refrigerant hoses causes R-134a to decompose
from ultraviolet light. Discharge system before electric welding.
Pressurized R-134a refrigerant in the presence of oxygen may form a

combustible mixture. Never introduce compressed air into any
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 123
closed R-134a container (full or empty), A/C component or piece of

service equipment.
DO NOT exceed maximum rated capacity of refrigerant containers.
Never fill a container to more than 60% of its gross weight rating (for
example, 18 lb. in a 30 lb. container.) Without sufficient room for
expansion of R-134a (gas cushion), the container could explode
when the temperature rises causing serious injury.
Do not steam clean condensers or evaporators. Use only cold water
or compressed air.
CAUTION: R-12 and R-134a refrigerants are NOT compatible. Never add R-12
refrigerant to an R-134a system or R-134a refrigerant to an R-12
system. If the refrigerants are mixed, total system contamination will
occur and compressor failure may result.
Refrigerant oils used for the R-134a system and R-12 system are NOT
compatible. Use only the specified synthetic oil (Polyalkylene
Glycol/PAG) for the R-134a refrigerant system. DO NOT use R-12
system oil in an R-134a system or R-134a system oil in an R-12
system. If the refrigerant oils are mixed, system contamination will
occur and compressor failure may result.
R-134a refrigerant system oil (PAG oil) absorbs moisture very rapidly.
Moisture combines with the refrigerant to form acids which will
damage the system. Use only the specified oil from a sealed
container and ALWAYS reseal oil container immediately after use. DO
NOT use oil if it has become contaminated with moisture or if
container has been left open.
Immediately plug open connections on A/C components to prevent
dirt and moisture contamination. Likewise, DO NOT remove new
component from packaging until ready to install. Immediately tighten
component connections after installation.
Always use separate refrigerant recovery/recycling/recharging

servicing equipment for R-12 and R-134a systems. DO NOT use one
piece of equipment for both R-12 and R-134a systems. The residual
traces of refrigerant will contaminate and damage the equipment.
Servicing equipment includes recovery/recycling/recharging unit,
charging station, vacuum pump, manifold gauges, etc.
DO NOT use R-12 servicing equipment on R-134a systems or R-134a
equipment on R-12 systems or damage to both the vehicle A/C
system and servicing equipment may result. Use only equipment
designed to meet Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) standards.
R-134a and R-12 systems use different size service fittings. NEVER
use adapters to convert an R-12 fitting to R-134a size or R-134a fitting
to R-12 size.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 124
R-134a and R-12 A/C components including compressor, hoses, O-

rings, evaporator, condenser, receiver-drier, etc. are NOT
interchangeable. Components of the R-134a system are identified by
lettering "R-134a" or by a green label (or stripe). In addition, a label
on the evaporator housing (below plenum tray) identifies which type
of refrigerant is used. Use only the correct system component for
each refrigerant type.
Always replace damaged and/or leaking A/C system components. Do

not attempt repair by soldering, brazing or welding.
Work area must be extremely clean when working on A/C system
components.
Use only tools, equipment and parts specified for use with R-134a.
Switch on existing exhaust/ventilation systems when working on the
refrigerant system.
Discharge A/C system using refrigerant

recovery/recycling/recharging unit Kent-Moore ACR 4 , or equivalent,
before removing any A/C system component.
Always replace O-rings, DO NOT reuse. Use only the correct size and
type of O-rings specified for use with R-134a refrigerant. Lubricate O-
ring with refrigerant - oil before installing.
Always reinstall cap(s) over A/C service valve(s).
Refrigerant circuit, draining
Refrigerant is never to be allowed to escape into the atmosphere, but is rather to be extracted from the
refrigerant circuit using an extractor or service station. The refrigerant removed is then either to be reprocessed
on site or returned to the manufacturer for proper disposal (different or additional regulations may apply in
other countries) Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Explanation:
Should it escape into the earths atmosphere, refrigerant R134a will have a detrimental effect in terms of global
warming.
NOTE: Refrigerant R134a has far less of a greenhouse effect than R12.
Refrigerant R134a does not affect the earths ozone layer (R134a is an H-FC
with no chlorine atoms). Depletion of the ozone layer in the upper
atmosphere is however only brought about by the splitting of carbon-
chlorine bonds (as is the case, for example, with refrigerant R12).
After draining air conditioner, unplug connector from A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 or from A/C
Pressure/temperature Sensor G395.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 125
Explanation:
A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is then no longer actuated and compressor runs at idle. Compressor is
designed such that lubrication of compressor components is guaranteed by way of an internal oil circuit at idle
(provided there is sufficient refrigerant oil in the compressor).
Working on refrigerant circuit
Work on refrigerant circuit is only to be performed in well ventilated areas where there are no inspection pits,
shafts or cellar entrances within a radius of 5 meters. Extraction systems are to be switched on.
Explanation:
The refrigerant emerging is not only colorless and odorless, but also heavier than air and thus displaces oxygen.
Should refrigerant gas nevertheless escape, this can result in an imperceptible danger of asphyxiation in poorly
ventilated areas and inspection pits.
NOTE: The mixture of gas and air which forms when refrigerant gas escapes must
not be inhaled. Use is to be made of suitable workshop extractors.
Welding, brazing and soldering are not permitted on sections of the air conditioner when filled. This also
applies to vehicle welding and soldering work if there is a danger of air conditioner components becoming
warm.
Explanation:
Exposure to heat creates considerable pressure in the system which could cause it to burst.
Remedy:
Drain refrigerant circuit.
NOTE: Damaged or leaking parts of the air conditioner are never to be repaired by
welding or soldering them. They are always to be replaced.
When servicing air conditioner, all open components and pipe connections are to be immediately re-sealed.
Explanation:
Moisture will enter air conditioner components if they are left open for a lengthy period. If this is the case, air
conditioners cannot be refilled without having to replace parts of the system.
Painting work on vehicles with air conditioner
When performing paintwork repairs, object temperatures of 80 ° C are not to be exceeded in drying booths or
their preheating zones.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 126
Explanation:
Exposure to heat creates considerable pressure in the system which could cause it to burst.
Additional information
Relevant wiring diagrams can be found in Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting Component Locations.
--> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
A label in the engine compartment indicates the refrigerant used as well as the capacity (not provided on all
vehicles).
GENERAL REPAIRS, NOTES
General repairs, notes
CAUTION: Remove appropriate fuse(s) before working on wiring.
NOTE: Disconnect batteries before starting electric welding work on vehicle --> 27
- STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL
It is only permissible if so required by the pertinent safety regulations ( ), or if parts of the air conditioner
refrigerant circuit have to be replaced, to drain and open the air conditioner refrigerant circuit.
The air conditioner refrigerant circuit must remain closed during all other normal vehicle repair operations.
For air conditioner servicing work which can be performed without opening refrigerant circuit, refer to -->
Refrigerant circuit, servicing.
For air conditioner servicing work requiring opening of the refrigerant circuit, refer to --> Refrigerant circuit,
servicing.
NOTE: The connections for the senders/switches described in this information

are installed with a valve which closes automatically when the switches
are unscrewed. These switches can be replaced without draining the
refrigerant circuit.
For air conditioner servicing work which involves draining the refrigerant circuit, refer to --> Refrigerant
circuit, servicing.
Contact corrosion
Contact corrosion can occur if use is made of unsuitable connecting elements (bolts, nuts, washers), rivets,
plugs, grommets, adhesives, etc.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 127
For this reason, all the connecting elements installed have been subjected to special surface treatment by the
manufacturer. This can be seen from the greenish color of such elements. Use is also made of rubber and plastic
parts as well as adhesives which are not electrically conductive Parts List.
These tested, aluminium-compatible components are also available as replacement parts Parts List.
Always use genuine parts.
Always install new parts in cases of doubt about re-use.
Accessories must have been approved by Audi AG.
Damage caused by contact corrosion is not covered by warranty.
REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT, SERVICING
Component overview
In the following information, refrigerant circuit servicing work is split up into two categories.
All parts/operations marked 1) can be serviced and replaced without opening refrigerant circuit.
All parts of the refrigerant circuit not marked 1) as well as all refrigerant hoses and pipes must only be
serviced/replaced after draining refrigerant circuit --> Refrigerant circuit, servicing.
HD = High-pressure side
ND = Low-pressure side
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 128
Fig. 29: Refrigerant Circuit, Component Overview

1 - A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280
Checking actuation and operation --> A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 , checking cut-in
signal1)
2 - Compressor
Different versions depending on engine Parts List

Removing compressor with pulley from holder/re-installing (vehicles with 4 or 6-cyl. engine) -->
Compressor (with pulley), removing from holder/installing1)
Removing compressor with drive unit (shaft) from holder/re-installing (vehicles with 8-cyl. engine) -->
Compressor (vehicles with 8-cyl. engine), removing and installing
Disconnecting refrigerant pipe at compressor/connecting --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 129
compressor/connecting
When installing refrigerant pipes and corresponding holder, make sure there is sufficient distance
between belt, holder and pulley
Removing and installing compressor (vehicles with 4 or 6-cyl. engine) --> Compressor (vehicles with 4
or 6-cyl. engine), removing and installing
Removing and installing compressor (vehicles with 8-cyl. engine) --> Compressor (vehicles with 8-cyl.
engine), removing and installing
Removing and installing compressor (vehicles with 10 cyl.- engine) --> Compressor - vehicles with 10-
cylinder engine (Audi S6), removing and installing
3 - Pulley/drive unit for compressor

Replacing compressor pulley (vehicles with 4 or 6-cyl. engine) 1) --> Compressor pulley, replacing
Removing and installing poly V-belt 1) -->
19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2 V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE
(S): BKH
19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL INJECTION AND
IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAT, BNK
19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
Poly V-belt assignment Parts List
Replacing compressor drive unit (vehicles with 8-cyl. or 10-cyl. engine) --> Compressor drive unit,
checking/replacing
NOTE: An overload safeguard is installed between pulley and drive shaft of

compressor to protect belt if compressor becomes jammed or stiff.
An overload safeguard is installed between drive unit and drive shaft of
compressor to protect chain drive of engine if compressor becomes
jammed or stiff.
If compressor is not operating smoothly, overload safeguard interrupts
power transmission to compressor.
Rubber elements are installed between pulley/drive unit and compressor
drive shaft to cushion any vibration occurring during compressor
operation (damper function in the event of torque fluctuations).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 130
4 - Oil drain plug
5 - Pressure relief valve
6 - Condenser
7 - Connection with valve
8 - A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
Removing and installing --> A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 , removing and installing
Housing color "Grey"
Checking signal (Read Measuring Value Block, display group "001" ) and "Guided Fault Finding"
function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052
NOTE: Measured values of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 can also be

read out by way of "Read Measuring Value Block" function in display
group "054".
A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 exchanges information by way of
air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)"
with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255. Audi A6 is
square-wave signals) Parts List.
On account of the design of the A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
and its component location, temperature measured by A/C
Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 differs from actual temperature of
refrigerant in refrigerant circuit. At present this is therefore not evaluated
and used for air conditioner regulation.
9 - Service connection
High-pressure side
Different versions (with primary sealing valve or Schrader valve) depending on refrigerant pipe;
distinguishing features Refrigerant R134a - Servicing
For measuring, draining and filling
CAUTION: Refrigerant circuit must be drained before removing service connections

(connection has no valve).
10 - Cap
With seal
Always to be screwed on
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 131
11 - Screw connection in refrigerant pipe (with restrictor)
Refrigerant circuit must be drained before opening screw connection Refrigerant R134a - Servicing
12 - Restrictor
13 - Screw connection in refrigerant pipe (to evaporator)
14 - Refrigerant pipe screw connection (at evaporator)
15 - Evaporator
Low-pressure side
17 - Cap
With seal
18 - Reservoir
A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 , removing and installing
NOTE: Cooling output cannot be checked with A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor

G395 removed. Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
does not switch on compressor.
Refrigerant circuit remains closed (connection with valve).
Measured values of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 can be read
out by way of function "Read Measuring Value Block" (display group
"001" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (Read
Measuring Value Block, display group "054" ) and "Guided Fault Finding"
VAS 5051 A/5052.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 132

refrigerant. At present this is therefore not evaluated and used for air
conditioner regulation.
Audi A6 is only to be installed with A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
(housing color "Grey" ) Parts List.
Audi A6 is not to be installed with High Pressure Sensor G65 (housing
color "Black" ) (only emits square-wave signals) Parts List.
Removing and installing
Remove front bumper cover --> 63 - BUMPERS .
Fig. 30: Identifying Air Duct And Mount For Bumper Cover
Remove air duct - C - and (depending on vehicle model) mount for bumper cover - A - --> 63 -
BUMPERS .
Fig. 31: Identifying Connector And A/C Pressure/Temperature Sensor G395

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 133
Unplug connector - A - from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 - B -.

Remove A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 - B - (housing color "Grey" ), tightening torque: 8 Nm.
NOTE: A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 with black housing may also be
installed at the start of production. Attention is therefore to be paid to part
number on component (risk of interchange with High Pressure Sensor
G65 ) Parts List.
Replace O-ring - C - --> O-rings for refrigerant circuit (assignment Parts
List ).
A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 , pin assignments
Contact 1: Ground (GND)
Contact 2: Signal output (via air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" to
Contact 3: Positive (terminal "75" )
Fig. 32: Identifying Connector And A/C Pressure/Temperature Sensor G395

NOTE: With connector - A - unplugged, compressor ( A/C Compressor Regulator

Valve N280 ) is not actuated.
The A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 - B - is an electronic control
module.
O-rings for refrigerant circuit
O-rings are only ever to be used once and then replaced.

Moisten O-rings with refrigerant oil before installing.
Pay attention to correct positioning of O-rings on pipe or in groove.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 134
Ensure absolute cleanliness when working (even the slightest contamination, e.g. a single hair, could
cause leakage).
NOTE: Only O-rings which are resistant to refrigerant R134a and the
corresponding refrigerant oil may be installed. Such O-rings are color
coded to prevent mix-ups (currently "red" , "lilac" or "violet" ): Parts List
Fig. 33: Identifying A/C Refrigerant System O-rings

Dimensions - a - and - b - differ depending on component location of O-ring: Parts List

In addition to the colored O-rings, black O-rings are also used at the factory for certain connections.
Compressor (with pulley), removing from holder/installing
NOTE: Compressor can be removed from holder and re-installed without opening
up refrigerant pipes.
Do not drain refrigerant circuit, do not disconnect refrigerant hoses and
pipes from compressor.
Do not unfasten refrigerant pipes and corresponding clamps.
After removing, use wire for example to install compressor to longitudinal
member. Never leave hanging from refrigerant pipes.
Before removing, mark direction of poly V-belt with chalk or felt-tip pen.
Running a used belt in the opposite direction could destroy it.
Different compressors may be installed depending on engine and country
version Parts List.
On vehicles with electric engine mountings, pay attention to correct
assignment of connectors at engine mounting and A/C Compressor
Regulator Valve N280 , as these components have identical connectors. If
connectors are interchanged, no DTC is stored (components have roughly
the same electrical values). Engine mounting is then actuated by control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and A/C Compressor
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 135
Regulator Valve N280 by Engine Control Module (ECM).

The following illustration shows the compressor for a vehicle with 6-cyl.
gasoline direct injection engine (FSI). Position of compressor varies
slightly with other engines. Tightening torques and further
removing/installing operations are however for the most part identical.
Compressor with pulley, removing from holder
Remove top engine cover -->

13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 3.2 V6 4V ENGINE
MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BKH
13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE
MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BAT, BNK
MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BVJ
13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL
INJECTION AND IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAT, BNK
13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V ENGINE
MECHANICAL ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
Remove center noise insulation --> 50 - BODY - FRONT .
Mark direction of poly V-belt.
Loosen and remove poly V-belt -->
Depending on engine version, remove oil filter and oil cooler if necessary and protect sealing surface
against damage (on removing compressor) -->
17 - ENGINE LUBRICATION for 3.2 V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S):
BKH
17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE
CODE(S): BVJ
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:43 AM Page 136
17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL INJECTION AND IGNITION,

ENGINE CODE(S): BAT, BNK
17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL ENGINE
CODE(S): BXA
.
Fig. 34: Identifying Connector, Mating Connector, And Bolts

Mark connector - A -.
Unplug connector - A - from mating connector - E - to A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280.
Screw out the three bolts - B -.
Remove compressor and use wire, for example, to attach it to vehicle.
Compressor, installing with pulley to holder
Install in reverse order, paying attention to the following:
Fig. 35: Identifying Connector, Mating Connector, And Bolts

Before securing compressor, check position of both bushes - D - in holder or compressor.

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 137
Install one washer - C - at each bolt - B - (tightening torque 25 Nm).

Before installing poly V-belt, crank compressor 10 times by hand following installation.
NOTE: Cranking action forces any refrigerant oil which may have collected in
compression chamber out of compression chamber on removal of
compressor.
After installing compressor, check routing of refrigerant pipes. They must
be inserted in holders provided (if installed, depends on engine).
After installing compressor, also check refrigerant pipes and
corresponding holders for adequate clearance with respect to other
components, ensuring sufficient distance between belt, holder and pulley.
A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 , checking cut-in signal
Switch off ignition.

Remove noise insulation --> 50 - BODY - FRONT .
Fig. 36: Identifying Connector

Mark connector - A -.
NOTE: On vehicles with 8-cyl. engine, this connector is not connected to

compressor but rather to front of engine above compressor.
Unplug connector - A - from mating connector - B - to A/C Compressor
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 138
Regulator Valve N280.

Use adapter cable from connector test set V.A.G 1594 C to re-establish
connection between connector - A - and connector - B - to A/C
Compressor Regulator Valve N280.
NOTE: Actuation of A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 and current measured
by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 which flows
via A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 are displayed in measured
value block of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
(Read Measuring Value Block, display group "001" ) and "Guided Fault
Fig. 37: Identifying Connectors & Sockets For Banana Plugs

Use can also be made for this test of an improvised adapter cable. This requires, for example, one
connector - A - and - B - each (with part number 1J0 973 702 and 1J0 973 802 and the corresponding
plug contacts), two commercially available sockets for banana plugs - C - and two wires with a cross
section of 0.5 mm 2 .
Connect Dso Measuring Leads 1 2 VAS 5051/8 to adapter leads.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 139
Fig. 38: Identifying Connector

Test lead (signal wire) to contact - 2 - of connector - A -

Test lead (screen, Ground (GND)) to contact - 1 - of connector - A -
On Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 , set measurement
mode: DSO (Digital Storage Oscilloscope) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Make the following setting on Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051
A/5052 : 5V/div DC, 0.5ms/div (5V DC and 0.5 milliseconds per unit)
Start engine.
Set temperature for drivers and front passengers side on control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 to maximum cooling output (e.g. "Lo" temperature setting or both rotary temperature
controls on "cold stop" ).
On control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 , press buttons "Auto" and "Off/On" or
"Econ" for example to activate and deactivate actuation of A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280.
Display on oscilloscope screen will be as follows depending on setting on control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 :
In "OFF" or "Econ" mode: No square-wave signal ( A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is not
actuated)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 140
Fig. 39: Oscilloscope Screen Display

In "Auto" mode and "Lo" temperature setting: Square-wave signal with pulse width - A - between 75%
and 100% ( A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is actuated)
NOTE: The illustration shows a signal with a ratio of approx. 80%.

Pulse width - A - is governed by required cooling output, electrical system
voltage etc. (over width of area - A - , current is controlled via A/C
Compressor Regulator Valve N280 by control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 ).
The signal distance - B - is always 2 milliseconds (corresponding to a
frequency of 500 Hertz).
Fig. 40: Oscilloscope Screen Display

The signal ratio is derived from the ratio of pulse width - A - to signal distance - B -.
Setting on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and measured ambient influences
govern pulse width of square-wave signal (signal ratio between 100% and greater than 30%, A/C
Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is actuated such that compressor output required to obtain specified
temperatures is achieved).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 141
NOTE: In "Auto" mode with "Lo" temperature setting, for example A/C
Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is actuated such that max. perm.
current of approx. 0.65 A flows via A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280
(maximum compressor output).
In control mode, actuation time is governed by required cooling output
and vehicle electrical system voltage, for example. It is however always of
sufficient duration to achieve a mean current of 0.3 A.
COMPRESSOR PULLEY, REPLACING
Pulley, replacing
NOTE: Various pulley designs are installed depending on type of compressor and
engine Parts List.
Removing pulley from compressor/re-installing --> Pulley, removing from
compressor/re-installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 142
Fig. 41: Belt Pulley (Version "2"), Replacing Overview

1 - Circlip
Remove carefully using small screwdriver or pointed-nose pliers (paying particular attention to pulley)
Removing/installing --> Pulley, removing from compressor/re-installing
As of model year 2006, circlips with a rubber disc vulcanized on to them are installed as a running
change, this rubber disc replaces the plastic disc which may be glued on up to then (not present on all
compressors)
2 - Drive plate
Screwed to compressor drive shaft

Different versions Parts List
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 143
With overload safeguard, tripped in the event of excessive torque (e.g. stiff compressor) and pulley just
free-wheels without driving compressor
Tightening torque 35 Nm
A plastic washer may be glued on, depending on time period of production --> Pulley, removing from
compressor/re-installing.
3 - Circlip
Replace
Ensure correct positioning (flat side facing compressor)
Removing and installing --> Pulley, removing from compressor/re-installing
4 - Spacer
Dimensions: 17.5 x 10 x 3 mm
5 - Rubber elements
6x, ensure correct installation --> Pulley, removing from compressor/re-installing

Decouples pulley from compressor drive shaft, damps vibration and noise
On installation, moisten rubber elements slightly with tire assembly paste or soap solution for example to
provide lubrication
6 - Pulley
Pulley is made of plastic, is sensitive to impact and should be treated with extreme care
Different versions Parts List
7 - Compressor
Different models may be installed depending on engine and country version Parts List
Clean compressor flange before installing pulley
Pulley, removing from compressor/re-installing
NOTE: If pulley overload safeguard has been tripped, check freedom of

movement of compressor before replacing pulley. Replace entire
compressor if it is stiff.
Depending on engine version, removing of pulley may involve separating
compressor from engine --> Compressor (with pulley), removing from
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 144
holder/installing.
Compressor can be removed from holder and re-installed without opening
up refrigerant pipes --> Compressor (with pulley), removing from
holder/installing.
Before removing, mark direction of poly V-belt with chalk or felt-tip pen.
Running a used belt in the opposite direction could destroy it.
Different compressors may be installed depending on engine and country
version Parts List.
Pulley is made of plastic, is sensitive to impact and should be treated with
extreme care.
Fig. 42: Identifying Drive Plate, Circlip, And Pulley

If overload safeguard of drive plate - C - has been tripped, remove circlip - A - and then pry drive plate
off pulley - D -.
Fig. 43: Identifying Plastic Disc, And Belt Pulley

A plastic disc - B - may be glued on, or a circlip with a rubber disc vulcanized on to it, may be installed
on drive plate of belt pulley - A - to optimize noise reduction Parts Catalog. This plastic or rubber disc - B
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 145
- can reduce a clapping (castanet-like) noise which occurs especially at belt pulley in vehicles with Diesel
engine in A/C system operating mode "Econ" (the noise is almost inaudible with A/C system operating at
full output).
Preparation
Remove noise insulation --> 50 - BODY - FRONT

Loosen and remove poly V-belt -->
Remove compressor from engine if necessary --> Compressor (with pulley), removing from
holder/installing.
Pulley, removing

Remove plastic disc - B - from belt pulley - A - (if present).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 146

Using e.g. a small screwdriver or needle-nose pliers, carefully remove circlip - A - (which might have
rubber disc vulcanized on to it); take extreme care not to damage belt pulley when doing this.
Hold compressor drive shaft - B - in position with commercially available Allen wrench or socket wrench
from Shock Absorber Set T10001 (depending on compressor version) and turn drive plate - C - with
pulley - D - in direction of arrow - E - (tightening torque 35 Nm).
Remove drive plate - C -.
Fig. 46: Identifying Circlip And Pulley

Remove circlip - A -.
Remove pulley.
Pulley, installing
NOTE: Replace circlip - A -.

Clean compressor flange before installing pulley.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 147
Fig. 47: Identifying Circlip And Pulley

On installing circlip - A - , take care not to bend it open more than necessary.
Install pulley - B -.
Ensure correct insertion of circlip - A -. Bevelled side - C - faces away from compressor (flat side faces
compressor).
Insert rubber elements - D - in pulley - B - as shown.
For installing drive plate, moisten rubber elements - D - slightly with tire assembly paste or soap solution
for example to provide lubrication.
Insert drive plate - C - in rubber elements - D - until it makes contact with shaft of compressor.

Screw drive plate - C - onto compressor shaft - B - by turning it in direction of arrow - F -.

By turning it with a commercially available strap wrench (fabric strap) in direction of arrow - F - , tighten
drive plate - C - (by way of pulley - D - ) to 35 Nm. Hold compressor shaft - B - in position with
commercially available Allen wrench or socket wrench from Shock Absorber Set T10001.
Install circlip - A -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 148

Clean drive plate of belt pulley - A - and glue plastic disc - B - centered onto drive plate (only on
compressors without rubber ring on circlip).
A/C SYSTEM CONTROL AND REGULATION COMPONENTS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT AND

REAR BODY
A/C system control and regulation components in engine compartment and rear body
NOTE: In the event of an air conditioner malfunction, start by reading out DTC
memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
If no DTC is displayed, read out measured value block of control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (pay particular attention to
measured value blocks "001" , "002", "033" and "034" ) --> Read Measuring
Value Block and actuate any problematic component by way of "Output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)" function --> Output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Refrigerant circuit servicing work is described as of --> Refrigerant circuit,
servicing.
For air conditioner servicing work which can be performed without
opening refrigerant circuit, refer to --> Refrigerant circuit, servicing.
For air conditioner servicing work requiring opening of the refrigerant
circuit, refer to --> Refrigerant circuit, servicing.
Electrical checking of the various control motors, potentiometers and
senders is described in the Guided Fault Finding routine "Guided Fault
Perform the following on completion of repair work:

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 149
Check DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and erase any DTCs
displayed --> Check DTC memory and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Check coding of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 --> Climatronic Control
Module J255 , coding and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
If applicable, check adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 -->
Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
Perform air conditioner Basic Setting --> Basic Setting"Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
A/C system control and regulation components in engine compartment and rear body, overview
Fig. 50: A/C System Control And Regulation Components In Engine Compartment And Rear Body,
Overview
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 150
1 - Forced air extractor
Installed on left and right beneath rear bumper

Sealing lips of vent frame must move freely and close automatically
To ensure proper functioning of passenger compartment ventilation, air ducts must not be blocked by
luggage compartment lining
Checking --> Vent frame, checking
2 - Heated Windshield Control Module J505
Introduction of "heated windshield" as optional extra not yet finalized

Installed in luggage compartment on right --> Heated windshield
Heated Windshield Control Module J505 exchanges information by way of air conditioner data bus system
"Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
(Read Measuring Value Block, display groups "045" and "046" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
3 - Sun roof (with solar cells)
Checking operation of solar cells --> Operation of solar roof

Removing and installing --> 60 - SUNROOF
MMI (Multi Media Interface) deactivation of "Solar mode" function Owners manual
Depending on adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 , "Solar mode"
function is deactivated at low ambient temperatures --> Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation
(adaptation, adaptation channel "043" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
4 - Heated Windshield Z2
Introduction of "heated windshield" as optional extra not yet finalized

Actuated by way of Heated Windshield Control Module J505 Electrical system and --> Electrical Wiring
Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Heated Windshield Control Module J505 exchanges information by way of air conditioner data bus system
"Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
(Read Measuring Value Block, display groups "045" and "046" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of
Operation --> Heated windshield

Removing and installing windshield --> 64 - GLASS, WINDOWS
5 - Plenum chamber water drain

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 151
Checking, cleaning, removing and installing --> Plenum chamber water drain, checking, cleaning,
removing and installing
6 - Pump valve unit
Consists of Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 , Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 and Coolant Pump
V50
Checking operation --> Heat output of air conditioner and operation of pump valve unit, checking
and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system
VAS 5051 A/5052
Pump valve unit components are actuated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (Read
Measuring Value Block, display group "040" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Removing and installing --> Pump valve unit, removing and installing
7 - Label
Indicates type of refrigerant and intended capacity

Adhesive label is affixed to hood (not on all vehicles); for refrigerant R134a capacity and notes on
refrigerant, refer to REFRIGERANT R134A - SERVICING
8 - Air intake unit
Removing and installing --> Air intake unit, removing and installing
Disassembling and assembling --> Air intake unit, disassembling and assembling
Layout of air intake unit components --> Air intake components, layout
The following components are installed in/attached to air intake unit
Recirculation Flap Motor V113

Fresh Air Intake Duct Temperature Sensor G89
Air Flow Flap Motor V71
Air Quality Sensor G238
Fresh Air Blower V2

Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
Air intake unit water drain hose
9 - Condenser (not pictured)
Always drain refrigerant circuit before removing Refrigerant R134a - Servicing

Disconnecting and re-connecting refrigerant pipes --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting from
condenser/re-connecting
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 152
Removing and installing condenser --> Condenser, removing and installing
10 - Outside Air Temperature Sensor G17
Measured value of Outside Air Temperature Sensor G17 is evaluated by Instrument Cluster Control
Module J285 and transmitted by way of convenience CAN-Bus system to control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (Read Measuring Value Block, display group "018" ) and "Guided
Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051
A/5052
Removing and installing:
Remove bumper cover --> 50 - BODY - FRONT

Unplug connector at temperature sensor
Unclip Outside Air Temperature Sensor G17 from mount
Function, removing and installing --> A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 , removing and
installing
Sender measured value is displayed in function "Read Measuring Value Block" , display group "001" of
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052
12 - Coolant Fan V7
Request for fan activation is transmitted by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
via CAN-Bus system ( "Drive system" ) to the relevant Engine Control Module (ECM) (Read Measuring
Value Block, display group "022" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Relevant Engine Control Module (ECM) then provides infinitely variable actuation of Coolant Fan V7 or
Coolant Fan Control (FC)Control Module J293 with the required power -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
VAS 5051 A/5052 (for relevant Engine Control Module (ECM)).
Different versions are installed depending on vehicle equipment Parts List and -->
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 153

(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
Actuation by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is indicated in measured value
block, display group "022" and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 and --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and
Component Locations
13 - Compressor

Removing compressor with pulley from holder/re-installing (vehicles with 4 or 6-cyl. engine) -->
Removing and installing poly V-belt -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
Removing compressor with drive unit (shaft) from holder/re-installing (vehicles with 8-cyl. engine) -->
Replacing compressor drive unit --> Compressor drive unit, checking/replacing
When installing refrigerant pipes and corresponding holder, make sure there is sufficient distance
between belt, holder and pulley
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 154
Removing and installing compressor (vehicles with 10-cyl. engine) --> Compressor - vehicles with 10-
Checking actuation and operation --> A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 , checking cut-in signal
VAS 5051 A/5052
15 - Reservoir

Removing and installing --> Reservoir, removing and installing
Low-pressure side
Cap with seal, always to be screwed on
High-pressure side
Cap with seal, always to be screwed on
Air intake components, layout
NOTE: There are various identical connectors in the air intake unit which should
be marked before unplugging to avoid interchange.
Different control motors are installed on Heating and A/C unit and in air
intake unit. These motors have different electrical values (different
adjustment ranges of integrated potentiometers) and part number indices
Parts List and should therefore be marked prior to removal to avoid
interchange.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 155
Fig. 51: Air Intake Components, Layout

1 - Air intake unit assembly
Disassembling and assembling --> Air intake unit, disassembling and assembling
Can be largely disassembled and assembled without being removed
2 - Air Quality Sensor G238
Only installed on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Function --> Air Quality Sensor G238 , operating mode
Checking --> Air Quality Sensor G238 , checking
Removing and installing --> Air Quality Sensor G238 , removing and installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 156
Depending on setting in Multi Media Interface, sun roof closes as soon as control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 effects switching to recirculated-air mode (automatic air recirculation
via air quality sensor or manual air recirculation by pressing recirculated-air button); function is
equipment-specific and introduction not yet finalized Owners manual
Measured value of Air Quality Sensor G238 is evaluated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 and implemented if there are no shutoff conditions (Read Measuring Value Block, display
group "022" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis
service system VAS 5051 A/5052
3 - Air intake unit water drain
Designed to drain off water entering air intake unit via fresh-air intake
Plastic element for reducing cross-section is inserted in water drain hose
4 - Grille in front of fresh-air intake
Removing and installing --> Grille in front of fresh-air intake, removing and installing
5 - Connectors to air intake housing
Design and pin assignment --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
6 - Air intake unit without upper cover
7 - Air Flow Flap Motor V71
With Back Pressure Flap Motor Position Sensor G113

Removing and installing --> Air Flow Flap Motor V71 with Back Pressure Flap Motor Position
Sensor G113 , removing and installing
8 - Fresh Air Intake Duct Temperature Sensor G89
Removing and installing --> Fresh Air Intake Duct Temperature Sensor G89 , removing and
installing
Checking "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
Measured value is evaluated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (Read
Measuring Value Block, display group "018" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
9 - Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
Removing and installing --> Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 , removing and installing
Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 is actuated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 by way of air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 157
5051 A/5052
Air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)" is used for exchange of
information between control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and Fresh Air Blower
Control Module J126 (Read Measuring Value Block, display groups "042" to "044" ) and "Guided Fault
Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052
10 - Fresh Air Blower V2
Removing and installing --> Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing
11 - Recirculation Flap Motor V113
With Recirculation Flap Motor Position Sensor G143

Removing and installing --> Recirculation Flap Motor V113 , removing and installing
Air Quality Sensor G238 , removing and installing
Fig. 52: Identifying Air Quality Sensor G238

NOTE: The Air Quality Sensor G238 is a highly sensitive electronic component
which could be destroyed by direct exposure to solvents, fuels and certain
chemical compounds (contamination can enter by way of area - A - for
example).
For this reason, never install an Air Quality Sensor G238 which has been
kept in a tool chest or the like.
Following removal, do not set down Air Quality Sensor G238 in areas
where it could come into contact with solvents, fuels or certain chemical
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 158
compounds (liquids or vapors).

There are various housings for the Air Quality Sensor G238 , but the mode
of operation is always identical Parts List.
Removing and installing
Remove plenum chamber cover.
CAUTION: The two valves of the pump valve unit may be hot even if the engine is
cold.
Unfasten dome brace if applicable (not necessary on all vehicles, different designs) --> 40 - FRONT
SUSPENSION .
Fig. 53: Identifying Connector And Air Quality Sensor G238

Turn Air Quality Sensor G238 through 90 ° and lift sensor - B - out of mount.
Unplug connector - A - from Air Quality Sensor G238.
Contact assignment in connector - A -
1 - Positive (terminal "15" )
2 - Negative (terminal "31" )
3 - Signal wire to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams,
Troubleshooting and Component Locations
NOTE: Square-wave signal emitted by Air Quality Sensor G238 cannot be

evaluated using workshop equipment. Measured value is indicated in
measured value block of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 (display group "022" ).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 159
Air Quality Sensor G238 , operating mode
Depending on setting in MMI (Multi Media Interface), sun roof closes as soon as control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 effects switching to recirculated-air mode (automatic air recirculation
via air quality sensor or manual air recirculation by pressing recirculated-air button). Function is
equipment-specific and introduction not yet finalized Owners manual.
The Air Quality Sensor G238 detects pollutants in the ambient atmosphere (generally gasoline and/or
diesel emissions) and causes the control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 to switch the
air conditioner to recirculated-air mode.
The control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 recognizes the nature and level of the air
pollution from the sensor signal. Depending on ambient temperature and the degree of air pollution, the
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 effects the following (display group "022" ):
At ambient temperatures greater than approx. + 2 ° C, even a slight increase in pollutant concentration
causes switching to recirculated-air mode.
At ambient temperatures below approx. -1 ° C and in "Econ mode" , switching only takes place if there is
a considerable increase in pollutant concentration and only for approx. 15 s. If there is a renewed increase
in pollutant concentration within approx. 2 minutes, control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 does not switch to "automatic recirculated-air mode" within this period.
If the compressor is switched off (e.g. in "Econ" mode), the maximum duration for "automatic recirculated-air
mode" is restricted by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 to approx. 15 seconds to stop
the windows misting up.
A decrease in concentration results in the air conditioner being switched back to fresh-air mode.
The duration of the "automatic recirculated-air mode" is governed by the type of control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255. At ambient temperatures below approx. +10 ° C, the system remains in
"automatic recirculated-air mode" for approx. 30 s for example. On completion of this period, system is
switched to fresh-air mode. In the event of a renewed increase in pollutant concentration within approx. 2
minutes, control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 does not switch to "automatic
recirculated-air mode" within this period.
The "automatic air recirculation" function can be deactivated at any time. If the function is active, the
compressor is switched on in the event of a request for "automatic air recirculation" even at ambient
temperatures below + 2 ° C. At temperatures below approx. - 8 ° C compressor operation is however also
no longer possible.
If "automatic recirculated-air mode" has been set in MMI (Multi Media Interface), compressor may also
be switched on with manually activated air recirculation (via "recirculated-air button" ) down to
temperatures of approx. - 8 ° C.
To prevent constant air conditioner recirculated-air mode in areas with a persistently high level of
pollutant emissions, the Air Quality Sensor G238 is adaptive (sensitivity is matched to environmental
impact).
If the pollutant level in the ambient air remains relatively high for a lengthy period, the Air Quality
Sensor G238 starts to adapt to the change in ambient conditions by way of an adaptation program, with
the result that a recirculated-air request is generally applied for less than 12 minutes given uniform
ambient air pollution. In the event of several consecutive peak impact levels, the air conditioner may also
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 160
operate in recirculated-air mode for a longer period.
Switching of the air conditioner flaps takes a certain length of time. To prevent gaseous pollutants
entering the passenger compartment together with the fresh air drawn in before the air flow/fresh-air flaps
can close in the event of a sudden increase in pollutant levels (e.g. on driving through a cloud of diesel
emissions), vehicles with an Air Quality Sensor G238 are installed with a dust and pollen filter provided
with an activated charcoal layer. Once a filter is saturated with pollutants, it can no longer perform this
function and is to be replaced.
To stop the air flow/fresh-air flaps being switched too frequently, switching does not take place
immediately in the event of a slight increase in the pollutant level in the ambient atmosphere ( Air Quality
Sensor G238 does not transmit request to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ). In
such cases, the filter effect of the activated charcoal layer in the dust and pollen filter suffices.
To stop the air flow/fresh-air flaps and recirculated-air flaps being switched too frequently, an Air Quality
Sensor G238 request for "automatic recirculated-air mode" is applied for at least 25 s (minimum dwell
time) even if the pollutant concentration in the air has decreased again to such an extent that recirculated-
air mode would no longer be necessary.
To clear misted windows as quickly as possible, the control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 does not permit recirculated-air mode during "defrost" operation.
The Air Quality Sensor G238 requires approx. 30 seconds to warm up after ignition is switched on.
During this period no request is sent by Air Quality Sensor G238 to control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 for "automatic air recirculation".
The Air Quality Sensor G238 is a highly sensitive electronic component which could be destroyed by
direct exposure to solvents, fuels and certain chemical compounds. Vehicle should therefore not be
installed with sensors which have been in contact with such substances.
Air Quality Sensor G238 , checking
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable -
3 Meter VAS 5051/5A
Test gas D 007 855 A2
Test requirements:
NOTE: Vehicle standing in a clean atmosphere (away from running engines,

exhaust vents, etc.)
Engine compartment and plenum chamber clean (not contaminated with
oil or fuel)
Engine compartment and plenum chamber not sprayed with cleaning
agents or preservatives containing solvents
Checking
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 161
With ignition switched off, connect Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS
5051 A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable - 3 Meter VAS 5051/5A to 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) in
vehicle "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Start engine.
Check DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault
On control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 set "Auto" mode.
By way of MMI (Multi Media Interface) in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ,
activate "Automatic air recirculation" mode ( Owners manual ).
Wait 30 s to allow Air Quality Sensor G238 to warm up.
Use Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 to select "Read
Measuring Value Block" function "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Read off displays in display group "022" , zones "3" and "4".
NOTE: Display zone "4" indicates operating status of recirculated-air flap,

whereas display zone "3" shows status of Air Quality Sensor G238 signal.
For explanatory notes on possible displays, refer to and "Guided Fault
Specification in display zone "4" (display "0" or "00" , no request for
"recirculated-air mode" , air conditioner in fresh-air mode)
Or
Specification in display zone "4" (display "60" , "partial recirculated-air mode" , air flow/fresh-air and
recirculated-air flaps open)
Fig. 54: Identifying Spray Attachment, Air Quality Sensor, And Spray Knob
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 162
Position spray attachment - A - of test gas canister over air inlet of air quality sensor - B -.
Press spray knob - C - of test gas canister for 1 second.
NOTE: There are various housings for the Air Quality Sensor G238 , but the mode
of operation is always identical.
The test gas canister is filled with pure oxygen with a specific nitrogen
oxide component.
Air Quality Sensor G238 also reacts when exposed to cigarette smoke or
cigarette lighter gas (gas is heavier than air, Air Quality Sensor G238 must
therefore be removed and turned round).
Read off display in zone "4".
Specification in display zone "4" (display switches to "10" , "automatic recirculated-air mode" requested,
request is fulfilled, air conditioner switches to recirculated-air mode)
Wait briefly (approx.1 minute, depending on amount of test gas sprayed onto sensor).
Specification in display zone "4" (display switches to "0" , "00" or "60" (no request for "recirculated-air
mode" , air conditioner in fresh-air mode or partial recirculated-air mode)
NOTE: To stop the air flow/fresh-air and recirculated-air flaps being switched too
frequently, an Air Quality Sensor G238 request for "automatic recirculated-
air mode" is applied for at least 25 s (minimum dwell time) even if the
pollutant concentration in the air has decreased to such an extent that
recirculated-air mode would no longer be necessary.
Actuate windshield wash/wipe switch until Windshield Washer Pump V5
has conveyed fluid for approx. 2 s.
Specification: ( "Recirculated-air mode" requested on account of
windshield washer system, air conditioner switches to recirculated-air
mode for approx. 10 sec.)
Wait briefly.
Specification: (no request for "recirculated-air mode" , air conditioner in
fresh-air or partial recirculated-air mode)
NOTE: Depending on composition of windshield washer fluid, Air Quality Sensor

G238 may detect air pollution and request "Automatic air recirculation".
If system does not switch to recirculated-air mode on actuating windshield
wash/wipe switch, check operation ( "Windshield wash" information is
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 163
received via convenience CAN-Bus system) "Guided Fault Finding"

VAS 5051 A/5052.
Proceed as follows if Air Quality Sensor G238 functions properly in this test but a customer complaint has been
received:
Check for contamination of dust and pollen filter --> Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing.
Connect Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 and select
function "08 Read Measuring Value Block" --> Read Measuring Value Block and "Guided Fault
Second person is required to read out values displayed whilst driving.
Pay attention to safety precautions.
Select display group "022" --> Read Measuring Value Block.

Start by driving vehicle into an area with a relatively clean atmosphere (system in fresh-air mode).
Then drive vehicle into an area where the atmosphere is polluted (e.g. onto an uphill road with truck
traffic).
Read off displays in zones "3" and "4". Display in zones "3" and "4" must change, for example, on
driving through a cloud of diesel emissions.
Refer also to --> Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing and --> Air Quality Sensor G238 ,
operating mode for description.
Vent frame, checking
NOTE: Fig. shows vent frames with rear bumper removed.
Fig. 55: Identifying Vent Frame And Sealing Lips

One vent frame - A - is installed on both left and right for forced air extraction.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 164
Sealing lips - B - only close properly if vent frame - A - has been installed correctly.
Fig. 56: Identifying Vent Opening And Frames

To ensure proper functioning of passenger compartment ventilation, vent openings - B - in left and right
luggage compartment lining are never to be sealed off.
Space between wing and luggage compartment lining must not be obstructed to avoid impedance of air
flow from vent openings - B - to vent frames - A -.
On Sedan models, for example, air from passenger compartment flows via vent slits in rear shelf and
through slits incorporated into upper lining into luggage compartment.
Clogged ducts or gummed sealing lips could cause windows to mist up.
Check for blockage of air ducts from vent openings - B - on left and right to the two vent frames - A - in
luggage compartment.
Fig. 57: Identifying Vent Frame And Sealing Lips

With rear bumper cover removed, check sealing lips - B - in vent frames - A - (must move freely and
close automatically).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 165
Plenum chamber water drain, checking, cleaning, removing and installing
Fig. 58: Identifying Fresh Air Intake, Air Intake Unit, Water Drain Hose, And Plastic Element
NOTE: Drainage of water out of plenum chamber may be impaired by deposits

such as leaves and pine needles accumulating in the water drains. If the
vehicle is then driven through a car wash or in the event of heavy rainfall,
the water level in the plenum chamber will rise and water enter via the
fresh-air intake - A - into the air intake unit - B -.
The water drain hose - C - is intended to discharge the small amounts of
water entering the air intake unit via the fresh-air intake in normal
operation.
The water drains via the water drain hose - C - out of the plenum chamber
(via connection - D - ) into the transmission tunnel in the area behind the
noise and heat insulation mat (a hole is provided specifically for this in the
bottom of the plenum chamber).
A plastic element - D - for reducing the cross-section is inserted in the
water drain hose - C -. If plastic element - D - is not installed, noise may
occur depending on Fresh Air Blower V2 speed.
Fig. 59: Identifying Water Drain Socket And Air Intake Unit
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 166
Water drain socket - C - is accessible after removing Alarm Horn H12 of anti-theft alarm - B -. Water
drain socket - D - is not accessible with brake servo and air intake unit - A - in position.
If the water drain sockets - C - and - D - are clogged with leaves and pine needles, the drains may freeze
up in winter and prevent water drainage. After driving a short distance, the heat emitted by the engine and
exhaust system causes the ice in the drains to thaw again. It is possible that the water will have drained
off from the plenum chamber again by the time the vehicle arrives at the workshop.
Water drain socket - C - can be cleaned for example after removing Alarm Horn H12 of anti-theft alarm -
B - (removing Alarm Horn H12 --> 96 - LIGHTS, SWITCHES - INTERIOR, ANTI-THEFT ).
Coarse dirt can be removed from water drain socket - D - using a commercially available flexible
gripping tool for example. Fine deposits and sludge can be removed for example using a thin water hose
or a pressure-feed spray gun V.A.G 1538 and a nylon probe V.A.G 1538/2.
If one of the two water drain sockets - C - or - D - is blocked and there are leaves, for example, in the
plenum chamber, remove coarse dirt from area beneath air intake unit using a commercially available
flexible gripping tool for instance. Fine deposits and sludge can be removed for example using a thin
water hose or a pressure-feed spray gun V.A.G 1538 and a nylon probe V.A.G 1538/2.
To stop water from the plenum chamber flowing via the water drain hose - E - into the air intake unit, the
hose ends in the area behind the noise and heat insulation mat in the transmission tunnel.
Upper cover of air intake unit, removing and installing
NOTE: The air intake unit housing and its corresponding upper cover is available
in different versions (up to 05.04 version "1" and as of 05.04 version "2"
with floating conversion, distinguishing characteristics --> Distinguishing
characteristics of air intake unit version "1" and "2" ), if upper cover or
housing of version "1" must be replaced in vehicles which were produced
up to 05.04, housing or upper cover of air outlet unit must also be replaced
(only components of version "2" may be obtained as replacement parts)
Parts Catalog.
Removing

cold.
Remove wiper arms and scuttle panel trim --> 92 - WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SYSTEM .
Remove dome brace if necessary (not installed on all vehicles) --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .
Remove Air Quality Sensor G238 if installed --> Air Quality Sensor G238 , removing and installing.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 167
Fig. 60: Identifying Upper Cover And Bolts

Screw out bolts - A -.

Remove upper cover - B -.
Installing
Fig. 61: Identifying Connectors, Routing Of Wiring, And Socket

Before installing upper cover of air intake unit, check proper connection of connectors - C - to - F - ,
routing of wiring - A - and positioning of socket - B -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 168
Fig. 62: Inserting Sealing Cord (Dimension 2 X 2 Mm) Into Groove Of Upper Cover Or Seal
Groove/Spring Joint On Housing
In vehicles with an air intake unit of version "1" (floating conversion to version "2" as of 05.04,
distinguishing characteristics for version "2" --> Distinguishing characteristics of air intake unit
version "1" and "2" ), insert a sealing cord (dimension 2 x 2 mm) into groove - D - of upper cover - A -
or seal groove/spring joint on housing - B - using e.g. silicon adhesive sealant "D 176 001 A3".
In vehicles with an air intake unit of version "1" , seal the area between the upper cover - A - and housing
- B - (and inner cover) in area - C - using e.g. silicon adhesive sealant "D 176 001 A3".
Fig. 63: Identifying Upper Cover And Bolts

Re-install upper cover - B - of air intake unit.

Hand-tighten bolts - A - (10 Ncm).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 169
Re-install components removed in reverse order.

displayed "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
If necessary, perform Basic Setting and Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) for air conditioner "Guided
A/5052.
Air Flow Flap Motor V71 with Back Pressure Flap Motor Position Sensor G113 , removing and installing
NOTE: In the event of malfunction "Upper or lower limit value exceeded" , check
motor/flap connecting element. It must be properly installed to motor and
there must not be any clearance between control motor mount and
connecting element.
There are various identical connectors in the air intake unit which should
intake unit. These motors have different electrical values and part number
indices Parts List and should therefore be marked prior to removal to
avoid interchange.
This control motor is installed with a potentiometer with an adjustment
range of 120 ° ; part number index at start of prod uction: "A" Parts List.
Control motor, removing

cold.
SYSTEM .
Remove upper cover of air intake unit --> Upper cover of air intake unit, removing and installing.

Unplug connector - B - from control motor.
Remove control motor - C -.
Shaft/control motor connecting element, removing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:44 AM Page 170
Insert Release Tool T40072 - A - in connecting element - B -.

Release fasteners - E - of connecting element - B - by screwing in knurled wheel at Release Tool T40072
- A -.
Carefully pry off connecting element - B - (using screwdriver for example).
NOTE: Lever - C - is of a different design to connecting element - B - and can

therefore not be removed with Release Tool T40072 - A - (pry off with
screwdriver if necessary).
Control motor, installing
Fig. 64: Identifying Element And Motor Shaft

Check position of control motor shaft - B - (must be in position shown).
NOTE: Connecting element - A - is only to be installed in the position in which it

engages without having to exert force. If pre-tension is required to insert
connecting element, check motor shaft - B - as this may be turned through
180 °.
If motor shaft - B - is not in position shown (only position in which
connecting element can be installed), use adapter cable for example -->
Adapter cables, preparing for control motor actuation or test lead from
connector test set V.A.G 1594/C to connect contacts 5 and 6 of control
motor by way of a 5 A fuse to a 12 V battery. Turn control motor until shaft
is in position shown (no pre-tension required to install connecting
element). Direction of rotation can be reversed by interchanging positive
and negative.
Control motor shaft - B - has no stop. It rotates constantly if voltage is
applied between contacts 5 and 6. Consequently, voltage should only be
applied with control motor removed if connecting element - A - has been
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 171
installed or to move shaft to correct position if connecting element cannot

be installed.
Shaft may be incorrectly positioned if pre-tension is required to insert
connecting element - A - in control motor.
Before installing control motor, check air flow flap mount and connecting element - D -.
Check position of shaft - E - of Air Flow Flap Motor V71 (must be in position shown).
Fig. 65: Identifying Connecting Element And Mount Of Motor

NOTE: Check positioning of connecting element. There must not be any

clearance between mount of control motor - A - and connecting element -
B - (remove connecting element if necessary).
Connecting element - B - is only to be installed in the position in which it
connecting element, check mount of motor - A - as this may be turned
through 180 °.
Install connecting element - A - to shaft of air flow flap.
Install control motor - C -.

Plug connector - B - to control motor - C -.
Before installing upper cover of air intake unit, check correct connection of connector - B - and routing of
wiring.

Perform Basic Setting and Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) for air conditioner "Guided Fault
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 172
Adapter cables, preparing for control motor actuation
Fig. 66: Adapter Cable, Modifying To Activate Positioning Motors

Make connection to contacts "5" and "6" of connector - A - (part number 6Q0 972 706) using wire with a
cross section of 0.25 mm 2 in each case Parts List.
Connect other end of each wire to a commercially available banana plug - B -.
Fresh Air Intake Duct Temperature Sensor G89 , removing and installing
Removing

cold.
SYSTEM .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 173
Fig. 67: Identifying Connector And Temperature Sensor

Unplug connector - A - from temperature sensor - B -.

Give temperature sensor - B - approx. 90 ° turn in direction of arrow and remove it from intake housing.
Installing
Install temperature sensor - B -.

Plug connector - A - to temperature sensor - B -.
Before installing upper cover of air intake unit, check correct connection of connector - A - and routing of
wiring.
Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 , removing and installing
Removing

cold.
SYSTEM .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 174
Fig. 68: Identifying Connectors And Bolts

Unplug connectors - A - (to Fresh Air Blower V2 ) and - B -.

Screw out bolts - C -.
Remove Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 - D -.
Installing
Install Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 - D -.

Hand-tighten bolts - C - (10 Ncm).
Plug in connectors - A - (to Fresh Air Blower V2 ) and - B -.
Before installing upper cover of air intake unit, check correct connection of connectors - A - and - B - as
well as routing of wiring.

Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing
Removing

cold.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 175
SYSTEM .
Remove Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 --> Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 ,
removing and installing.
CAUTION: Heat sink of Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 may be hot.

Unplug connectors - C - , - D - and - F - from the various components.

Unfasten grommet - B - from housing of air intake unit and lay aside wiring harness - A -.
Fig. 70: Identifying Connecting Element, Control Motor, Connecting Rod, And Lever
Carefully (e.g. with a screwdriver) release connecting element - B - from control motor - A -.
CAUTION: Connecting rod - C - is engaged at lever - D - of recirculated-air flap; lever

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 176
would break away if bent by way of connecting rod.
Position connecting rod - C - and connecting element - B - such that they cannot become bent on
removing Fresh Air Blower V2.
Fig. 71: Identifying Bolts, Fresh Air Blower V2, And Connecting Elements
Screw out bolts - A - (5x).
CAUTION: Do not grasp hold of impeller of Fresh Air Blower V2. Applying force to
impeller or moving balancing weights attached to impeller could cause
imbalance and thus operating problems.
Carefully remove Fresh Air Blower V2 - B - , taking particular care not to bend connecting elements - C -
.
Installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 177
Check position of shaft - E - of Recirculation Flap Motor V113 (must be in position shown).
NOTE: Control motor shaft - E - has no stop. It rotates constantly if voltage is

applied to contacts 5 and 6 at connector of control motor - A -. When
control motor has been removed, voltage is therefore only to be applied
with connecting element - B - installed.
If control motor shaft - E - has been turned through 180 ° , pre-tension is
required to insert connecting element - D - in control motor.
If control motor shaft - E - is so awkwardly positioned that connecting
element cannot be installed, use adapter cable for example --> Adapter
cables, preparing for control motor actuation or test lead from connector
test set V.A.G 1594/C to connect contacts 5 and 6 of control motor by way
of a 5 A fuse to a 12 V battery.
Turn control motor until shaft - E - is in position shown and no pre-tension
is required to install connecting element. Direction of rotation can be
reversed by interchanging positive and negative.
Check positioning of connecting element. There must not be any
clearance between mount of control motor and connecting element
(remove connecting element if necessary).
Assemble Recirculation Flap Motor V113 and Fresh Air Blower V2 -->
Recirculation Flap Motor V113 , removing and installing.
Carefully insert Fresh Air Blower V2 - B - , taking particular care not to bend connecting elements - C -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 178
Carefully insert connecting element - B - in shaft - E - of control motor - A -.
CAUTION: Connecting rod - C - is engaged at lever - D - of recirculated-air flap; lever

would break away if bent by way of connecting rod.
Check connection between connecting element - B - and shaft of control motor (connecting element must
be engaged).
Install bolts - A -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 179

Install grommet - B - and wiring harness - A - as shown.

Plug in connectors - C - , - D - and - F - of the various components.
Install Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 --> Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 , removing
and installing.
Before installing upper cover of air intake unit, check correct connection of connectors - A - and - B - as
well as routing of wiring.

Recirculation Flap Motor V113 , removing and installing
NOTE: There are various identical connectors in the air intake unit which should
avoid interchange.
This control motor is installed with a potentiometer with an adjustment
Removing

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 180
cold.
Remove Fresh Air Blower V2 --> Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing.
Fig. 77: Identifying Bolts And Control Motor


Remove control motor - B -.
Installing
Check position of shaft - E - of Recirculation Flap Motor V113 (must be in position shown).
NOTE: Control motor shaft - E - has no stop. It rotates constantly if voltage is

applied to contacts 5 and 6. When control motor has been removed,
voltage is therefore only to be applied with connecting element (to
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 181
recirculated-air flap) - B - installed to control motor.

Control motor shaft may be incorrectly positioned if pre-tension is
required to insert connecting element - B - in control motor.
If shaft is so awkwardly positioned that connecting element cannot be
installed, use adapter cable for example --> Adapter cables, preparing for
control motor actuation or test lead from connector test set V.A.G 1594/C
to connect contacts 5 and 6 of control motor by way of a 5 A fuse to a 12 V
battery.
Turn control motor until no pre-tension is required to install connecting
element. Direction of rotation can be reversed by interchanging positive
and negative.
Fig. 79: Identifying Connecting Element And Mount Of Motor

Check positioning of connecting element. There must not be any clearance between mount of control
motor - A - and connecting element - B -.
Check positioning of connecting element - B -. It must engage in shaft of motor - A - and there must not
be any clearance between control motor shaft and connecting element.
Connecting element - B - is only to be installed in the position in which it engages without having to exert
force. If pre-tension is required to insert connecting element, check mount of motor - A - as this may be
turned through 180 °.
Motor may be incorrectly positioned if pre-tension is required to insert connecting element - A - in
control motor.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 182
Fig. 80: Identifying Bolts And Control Motor

Install control motor - B -.

Install Fresh Air Blower V2 --> Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing.
Cover with air intake unit flap, removing and installing
NOTE: The air intake unit housing and its corresponding upper and inner cover is
available in different versions (up to 05.04 version "1" and as of 05.04
version "2" with floating conversion, distinguishing characteristics -->
Distinguishing characteristics of air intake unit version "1" and "2" ), if
upper cover or housing of version "1" must be replaced in vehicles which
were produced up to 05.04, housing or upper cover of air outlet unit must
also be replaced (only components of version "2" may be obtained as
replacement parts) Parts Catalog.
Removing

cold.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 183
Remove Fresh Air Blower V2 --> Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing.
Remove Air Flow Flap Motor V71 --> Air Flow Flap Motor V71 with Back Pressure Flap Motor
Position Sensor G113 , removing and installing.
Fig. 81: Identifying Bolts, Cover, Recirculated Air Flap, And Fresh-Air/Air Flow Flaps

Remove cover - B -.
NOTE: Recirculated-air flap - C - (with connecting elements) and the two fresh-
air/air flow flaps - D - and - E - are inserted in air intake unit housing.
Shaft/control motor connecting element - F - and lever - G - are held in
position by way of retainer tabs - H - in cover - B -.
Removing shaft/control motor connecting element
Design differs from that of connecting element - F - and special tool can
therefore not be used for removal (pry off with screwdriver if necessary).
Installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 184
Insert recirculated-air flap - C - (with connecting elements) and the two fresh-air/air flow flaps - D - and -
E - in the corresponding mounts in the air intake unit housing.
Fig. 83: Sealing The Area Between Inner Cover And Housing In Area Using E.G. Silicon Adhesive
Sealant "D 176 001 A3"
In vehicles with an air intake unit of version "1" (floating conversion to version "2" as of 05.04,
distinguishing characteristics for version "2" --> Distinguishing characteristics of air intake unit
version "1" and "2" ) seal the area between inner cover - A - and housing - B - in area - C - using e.g.
silicon adhesive sealant "D 176 001 A3".
Install cover - B - , taking particular care to ensure that the two shafts (of shaft/control motor connecting
element - F - and lever - G - ) are correctly inserted in the appropriate flap.
Check position of recirculated-air flap - C - in mounts.
Install Fresh Air Blower V2 --> Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 185

Grille in front of fresh-air intake, removing and installing
Removing

cold.
SYSTEM .
Fig. 85: Releasing Fasteners And Removing Grille For Fresh-Air Intake From Air Intake Unit
Release fasteners - A - and remove grille for fresh-air intake - B - from air intake unit.
Installing
Clean plenum chamber in area beneath air intake unit.

Install grille for fresh-air intake - B - to air intake unit.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 186
Air intake unit, removing and installing
Hose Clamps Up To 25mm Dia. 3094 or Hose Clamps, Up To 40 mm. 3093

Commercially available compressed-air gun
Cooling System Tester V.A.G 1274 (and appropriate adapters)
Removing

Dissipate pressure in coolant circuit by opening cap at coolant expansion tank Relevant engine,
mechanics
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
cold.
SYSTEM .
Remove wipers and unclip drip rail from air intake unit --> 92 - WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER SYSTEM .
Remove Alarm Horn H12 --> 96 - LIGHTS, SWITCHES - INTERIOR, ANTI-THEFT .
Remove Air Quality Sensor G238 if applicable --> Air Quality Sensor G238 , removing and installing.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 187
Fig. 86: Pinching Off Coolant Hose

Pinch off coolant hose - C - (supply from engine to Coolant Pump V50 ) e.g. using Hose Clamps Up To
25mm Dia. 3094.
Fig. 87: Identifying Coolant Hose

Pinch off coolant hose - A - (return from heater core to engine), e.g. using Hose Clamps Up To 25mm
Dia. 3094.
Disconnect coolant hose - C - from connection at Heating and A/C unit and lay aside.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 188
Fig. 88: Unplugging Connector And Screwing Out Bolt

Unplug connector - C -.
Screw out bolt - B - (tightening torque 7 Nm).
Fig. 89: Identifying Bolt, Ratchet, Extensions, Universal Joint, And Socket Attachment
NOTE: To avoid having to remove brake servo, loosen and tighten bolt - B - using
ratchet - A - from 1 / 4 inch socket wrench set with 2 long extensions - C - ,
universal joint - D - and a socket attachment - E -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 189

Screw out bolts - A - (tightening torque 7 Nm).

Unfasten water drain - D - from opening in plenum chamber or from air intake unit.
If necessary, unfasten wiring harness (installed in plenum chamber between plenum chamber front wall
and air intake unit) from the various holders.
Remove air intake unit - E -.
Installing
Fig. 91: Identifying Seal And Air Intake Unit

Check seal - A - for damage and proper installation in air intake unit - B -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 190

Check the two water drain sockets - G - for damage and contamination and clean if necessary.
Check socket - F - for damage and correct installation at Heating and A/C unit as well as in back wall of
plenum chamber.
Clean plenum chamber.
Check water drain - D - for damage and contamination and clean if necessary.
Fig. 93: Identifying Fresh Air Intake, Air Intake Unit, Water Drain Hose, And Plastic Element
NOTE: Drainage of water out of plenum chamber may be impaired by deposits

such as leaves and pine needles accumulating in the water drains. If the
vehicle is then driven through a car wash or in the event of heavy rainfall,
the water level in the plenum chamber will rise and water enter via the
fresh-air intake - A - into the air intake unit - B -.
The water drain hose - C - is intended to discharge the small amounts of
water entering the air intake unit via the fresh-air intake in normal
operation.
The water drains via the water drain hose - C - out of the plenum chamber
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 191
(via connection - E - ) into the transmission tunnel in the area behind the
noise and heat insulation mat (a hole is provided specifically for this in the
bottom of the plenum chamber).
A plastic element - D - for reducing the cross-section is inserted in the
water drain hose - C -. If plastic element - D - is not installed, noise may
occur depending on Fresh Air Blower V2 speed.
Fig. 94: Identifying Bolt, Ratchet, Extensions, Universal Joint, And Socket Attachment
Insert bolt - B - e.g. with a piece of "butyl cord" in hole of air distributor unit such that it does not fall out
on inserting air intake unit.
NOTE: To avoid having to remove brake servo, loosen and tighten bolt - B - using
ratchet - A - from 1 / 4 inch socket wrench set with 2 long extensions - C - ,
universal joint - D - and a socket attachment - E -.

Install air intake unit - E - and secure with bolts - A - (tightening torque 7 Nm).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 192
Tighten bolt - B - (tightening torque 7 Nm).


Following installation, check correct positioning of socket between engine compartment and plenum
chamber at coolant hose - C -.
Filling and bleeding coolant circuit -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
After bleeding, check cooling system for leaks -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 193
NOTE: When bleeding coolant circuit, take particular care to ensure complete
bleeding of heater cores. If air bubbles remain in heater cores, complaints
may be received about lack of heat output in winter or differences in
temperature of air flowing out of vents with same setting in control mode.
Module J255 and erase any DTCs displayed "Guided Fault Finding"
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Perform Basic Setting and Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) for air
conditioner "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Operation of solar roof
Fig. 97: Identifying Solar Roof Components

NOTE: Solar mode is only possible with sun roof closed or tilted (solar energy
converted into electrical energy by solar roof - C - is supplied to vehicle
electrical system via contacts - A - (at front edge of sun roof) and - B - (at
sun roof frame).
If solar operation of fresh-air blower is not required, function can be
deactivated depending on adaptation of control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 in MMI (Multi Media Interface) Owners
manual.
Module J255 (display group "044" ) indicates the number of Fresh Air
Blower V2 operating hours in solar mode and "Guided Fault Finding"
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Design of Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 is such that in solar
mode, Fresh Air Blower V2 is only actuated given generation of sufficient
operating energy by solar cells (at present, minimum voltage with Fresh
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 194
Air Blower V2 actuated must be greater than 2 V).

The energy supplied by the Solar Cells C20 is transferred via the Fresh Air
Blower Control Module J126 directly to the Fresh Air Blower V2. The Fresh
Air Blower V2 converts the electrical energy generated into blower power.
On vehicles with no sun roof with Solar Cells C20 , all air conditioner
control motors come to a halt in their instantaneous position when ignition
is switched off. Ventilation of the passenger compartment in solar mode
does however require the air flow/fresh-air and recirculated-air flaps to be
set to "fresh-air mode". On vehicles with solar roof, the control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is therefore informed that
solar cells are installed by way of the coding. The control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 then moves the flaps in the air intake unit
to the "fresh-air mode" position after switching off ignition.
The Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 checks the voltage at the input
of the solar cells at regular intervals when the ignition is off (no signal
detected by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 )
and converts the voltage generated by the solar cells in such a manner
that the fresh-air blower runs at the maximum possible speed if sufficient
solar energy is being generated.
With a degree of insulation of 500 W/m 2 , the electrical energy supplied by
the solar roof is approx. 12 W and is calculated as follows: 500 W/m 2
(insulation) x 0.21 m 2 (solar area of sun roof) x 0.13 (efficiency of Solar
Cells C20 ) x 0.9 (efficiency of Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 ).

Contacts - A - and - B - (at sun roof and sun roof frame) for transferring the electrical energy generated
must be clean and free from normal lubricant.
If necessary, contacts - A - and - B - can be coated with a small quantity of contact grease (electrically
conductive preservative and lubricant available from electronics dealers).
Solar roof, checking operation
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 195
Move vehicle into the sun.
NOTE: If weather conditions are not suitable, shine two commercially available
500 W halogen lamps for example onto solar roof, maintaining a distance
of 500 mm (19.7 in) from solar roof. So that the Solar Cells C20 can supply
sufficient electrical energy to drive the Fresh Air Blower V2 , make sure
that all sunroof Solar Cells C20 are illuminated completely and evenly.
Electrical energy supplied is only approx. 1.5 W on shining halogen lamps
onto solar roof ( Fresh Air Blower V2 rotates but air flow is hardly
perceptible).
Open "center" instrument panel vents and close all other vents.
Check adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 (adaptation for "Sun roof with solar cells" function must have been
performed) --> Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation and "Guided
Check setting on MMI (Multi Media Interface). "Solar mode" function must
have been set Owners manual.
Close sun roof.
Switch off ignition (control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 blank).
A current of air can be felt from the instrument panel vents (moisten palm of hand to check if necessary).
If no current of air can be felt:
Check DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault
Check coding and adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault
NOTE: The current, which is supplied by sunroof with Solar Cells C20 to the
Fresh Air Blower V2 , can be read out in measuring value block (display
group "044" ) depending on version of the Climatronic Control Module
J255. Move the vehicle e.g. into the sun with sunroof closed (or beneath
two lamps as described above) and then select the respective measuring
value block of Climatronic Control Module J255 Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing
and Information System VAS 5051 in "Guided Fault Finding" function.
After switching off the ignition, the current is then displayed which was
supplied by sunroof with Solar Cells C20 when switching off the ignition
(and the brief period afterward).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 196
cold.
Fig. 99: Identifying Connectors And Contacts

Open 3pin connector - A - of vehicle wiring harness to air intake unit (to Fresh Air Blower Control
Module J126 ).
Measure voltage at connector - B - between contact - 2 - (of solar roof) and contact - 3 - (Ground (GND))
--> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations.
Specification: 8 to 12 V DC (depending on sunlight intensity)
Connect test lamp (12 V, max. 5 W) between contacts - 2 - and - 3 - at connector - B -.

Test lamp glows or lights (depending on sunlight intensity).
NOTE: Solar roof function is OK if test lamp glows or lights. If Fresh Air Blower
V2 does not run, check freedom of movement of Fresh Air Blower V2 and
actuation of Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 by control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255. Replace Fresh Air Blower Control
Module J126 if no malfunction is found.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 197

If test lamp does not glow or light, check wiring to the two contacts - B - at the sun roof opening. If no
malfunction is found, check solar panel --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component
Locations and --> 60 - SUNROOF .
Electrical energy supplied is only approx. 1.5 W on shining halogen lamps onto solar roof ( Fresh Air
Blower V2 rotates but air flow is hardly perceptible).
AIR INTAKE UNIT, DISASSEMBLING AND ASSEMBLING
Air intake unit, disassembling and assembling
NOTE: With the exception of the housing, all air intake unit components can be
removed/installed without taking out the entire unit.
There are various identical connectors in the air intake unit which should
avoid interchange.
The air intake unit housing and its corresponding upper cover is available
Parts Catalog.
Components installed in air intake unit
CAUTION: Do not grasp hold of impeller of Fresh Air Blower V2. Applying force to
impeller or moving balancing weights attached to impeller could cause
imbalance and thus operating problems.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 198
Fig. 101: Components Installed In Air Intake Unit

1 - Seal
Between plenum chamber wall and air intake unit
2 - Housing of air intake unit with air flaps
Installed components can for the most part be removed/installed with housing in position
Removing and installing air flaps of air intake unit --> Air flaps of air intake unit, removing and
installing
3 - Plastic element for reducing cross-section in water drain

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 199
4 - Air intake unit water drain
Designed to drain off water entering air intake unit via fresh-air intake
Plastic element for reducing cross-section is inserted in water drain hose
5 - Grille in front of fresh-air intake
Removing and installing --> Grille in front of fresh-air intake, removing and installing
6 - Fresh Air Intake Duct Temperature Sensor G89
Removing and installing --> Fresh Air Intake Duct Temperature Sensor G89 , removing and
installing
7 - Air Flow Flap Motor V71
With Back Pressure Flap Motor Position Sensor G113

Removing and installing --> Air Flow Flap Motor V71 with Back Pressure Flap Motor Position
Sensor G113 , removing and installing
8 - Bolt
Tightening torque 10 Ncm
10 - Bolt
Tightening torque 10 Ncm
11 - Upper cover of air intake unit
Seal off groove/spring joint between upper cover and air intake unit housing of version "1"
12 - Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126
Removing and installing --> Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 , removing and installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 200
13 - Lever
14 - Recirculation Flap Motor V113
With Recirculation Flap Motor Position Sensor G143

Removing and installing --> Recirculation Flap Motor V113 , removing and installing
15 - Air intake unit wiring harness
Design and pin assignment --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Pay attention to correct routing
Air flaps of air intake unit, removing and installing
NOTE: Removing and installing air flaps of air intake unit with air intake unit in
position --> Cover with air intake unit flap, removing and installing
The air intake unit housing and its corresponding upper cover is available
Parts Catalog.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:45 AM Page 201
Fig. 102: Air Flaps Of Air Intake Unit

1 - Housing
Seal off connection point between inner cover and air intake unit housing of version "1"
2 - Fresh-air/air flow flap "1"
3 - Fresh-air/air flow flap "2"
4 - Recirculated-air flap
5 - Inner cover
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 202
6 - Bolt
7 - Lever
Removing and installing --> Cover with air intake unit flap, removing and installing
8 - Lever
9 - Lever
Distinguishing characteristics of air intake unit version "1" and "2"
NOTE: The air intake unit housing and its corresponding upper cover is available
with floating conversion), if upper cover or housing of version "1" must be
replaced in vehicles which were produced up to 05.04, housing or upper
cover of air outlet unit must also be replaced (only components of version
"2" may be obtained as replacement parts) Parts Catalog.
In the following illustration, the details designated - A - show the state of
version "1" , the details designated - B - show the state of version "2".
The entry of water via the various connection points into the air intake
housing is prevented by the changes in version "2".
So that no water can penetrate into air intake housing via the various
connection points of version "1" components, a sealing cord has been
inserted during production into groove of the groove/spring joint between
upper cover and housing and the connection points between inner cover
and housing have been sealed off with a piece of butyl sealing cord.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 203
Fig. 103: Distinguishing Characteristics Of Air Intake Unit Version "1" And "2"
1 - Upper cover of air intake unit
Seal off groove/spring joint between upper cover and air intake unit housing of version "1"
2 - Inner cover
3 - Housing
INCORPORATION OF HEATING AND A/C UNIT INTO ENGINE COOLANT CIRCUIT
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 204
Incorporation of Heating and A/C unit into engine coolant circuit
cold.
NOTE: With ignition on, valves of pump valve unit ( Left Heat Regulating Valve
N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 ) are constantly actuated as a
function of temperature setting on control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255. Valves may therefore be warm or even hot despite
engine being cold.
The two valves of the pump valve unit ( Left Heat Regulating Valve N175
and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 ) are interchanged on left and right-
hand drive vehicles (different connection assignment --> Electrical Wiring
Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations ).
If Coolant Pump V50 is noisy, check for complete bleeding of cooling
system before removing pump valve unit (noise may be caused by air in
coolant circuit) -->
19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2 V6 4V ENGINE
19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE
19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL
19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V ENGINE
.
Valves of pump valve unit are open when de-energized. If power supply or
valve connection to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 is interrupted, air conditioner heat output cannot be regulated (air
conditioner provides constant heating) --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams,
Troubleshooting and Component Locations.
Incorporation of Heating and A/C unit into coolant circuit
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 205
Fig. 104: Incorporation Of Heating And A/C Unit Into Coolant Circuit
1 - Coolant hose
Coolant supply from engine to pump valve unit

Connection of coolant hose to relevant engine -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 206

ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
2 - Socket
For coolant hose passage from engine compartment to plenum chamber
3 - Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 (front passengers side)
Part of pump valve unit
4 - Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 (drivers side)
5 - Coolant Pump V50
6 - Coolant hose to heater core (front passengers side)
7 - Coolant hose to heater core (drivers side)
8 - "Supply" coolant pipe to heater core (front passengers side)
9 - "Supply" coolant pipe to heater core (drivers side)
10 - Heater (Heating and A/C unit) heater core
Heater core splits up in center (drivers and front passengers side)

Removing and installing --> Heater core, removing and installing
11 - "Return" coolant pipe from heater core
12 - T-piece with bleeder valve
As of 07.2005, T-pieces with restrictors have been installed with gradual introduction (the constriction
eliminates the noise from pressure pulsations which may occur while switching valves of the pump valve
unit under some operating conditions).
13 - Socket
For coolant hose passage from plenum chamber to engine compartment
14 - Coolant hose
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 207
Coolant return from Heating and A/C unit heater core to engine
Connection of coolant hose to relevant engine -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
Pump valve unit, removing and installing
cold.
engine being cold.
If Coolant Pump V50 is noisy, check for complete bleeding of cooling
system before removing pump valve unit (noise may be caused by air in
coolant circuit) -->
.
Valves of pump valve unit are open when de-energized. If power supply or
valve connection to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 is interrupted, air conditioner heat output cannot be regulated (air
conditioner provides constant heating) --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams,
Troubleshooting and Component Locations.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 208
The two valves of the pump valve unit ( Left Heat Regulating Valve N175
and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 ) are interchanged on left and right-
hand drive vehicles (different connection assignment --> Electrical Wiring
Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations ).
In the event of a problem with "poor heat output" , check the following
before removing pump valve unit:
Connection of pump valve unit and Heating and A/C unit heater core return
to engine coolant circuit (proper assignment of supply and return
connection to engine); interchanging the two connections would cause
engine coolant pump to work in opposition to Coolant Pump V50
Possible interchange of wiring to Coolant Pump V50 ( "+" and "-" );
interchanging the connections would cause pump to run in wrong
direction (and work in opposition to engine coolant pump) --> Electrical
Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Bleeding of coolant circuit (bleed again if necessary)
Heat output of air conditioner --> Heat output of air conditioner and
operation of pump valve unit, checking
Tools required for removal/installation of pump valve unit

Removing

cold.
Dissipate pressure in coolant circuit by opening cap at coolant expansion tank -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 209

ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.

Pinch off coolant hose - A - (return from Heating and A/C unit heater core to engine), e.g. using Hose
Clamps Up To 25mm Dia. 3094.
Fig. 106: Identifying Nuts

Remove nuts - A - and - B - (tightening torque 4 Nm).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 210

Mark arrangement of coolant hoses - A - (supply to left heater core) and - B - (supply to right heater
core).
Unplug connector - D - to Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176.
Unplug connector - E - to Coolant Pump V50.
25mm Dia. 3094.
Disconnect coolant hoses - A - , - B - and - C - from connections of pump valve unit.
Fig. 108: Identifying Nuts

Remove pump valve unit - C -.
Installing
NOTE: Coolant Pump V50 for circulating pump valve unit coolant is not to be
started up until coolant circuit has been bled (dry running would destroy
Coolant Pump V50 ).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 211
For bleeding coolant circuit, the two valves of the pump valve unit ( Left
Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 ) must
be open (this is the case when not actuated).
Switching on ignition with pump valve unit connectors unplugged causes
the malfunctions Coolant Pump V50 , Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and
Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 to be detected by control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and stored.
Re-install components removed in reverse order (with the exception of plenum chamber cover).

Check pump valve unit; it must not make contact with other components (noise).
Bleed coolant circuit -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
Plug in connectors - D - to Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 and
- E - to Coolant Pump V50 after bleeding coolant circuit.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 212
Remove residual coolant from plenum chamber.

Re-install remaining components removed in reverse order.
Pump valve unit holder, removing and installing
Remove pump valve unit --> Pump valve unit, removing and installing.
Fig. 110: Identifying Holder, Rubber Elements, And Pump Valve Unit
NOTE: Left and right-hand drive vehicles have a different holder - A -.

Rubber elements - B - are installed between pump valve unit - C - and
holder - A - to prevent operating noise of pump valve unit - C - being
transmitted to body.
HEATED WINDSHIELD
Heated windshield
NOTE: Availability of heated windshield as optional equipment has not been

confirmed for USA/CDN at time of publication.
Operation of heated windshield
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 213
Fig. 111: Identifying Heated Windshield Control Module J505 And Luggage Compartment
Heated Windshield Control Module J505 - A - is installed in luggage compartment on right behind lining
- B -.
Heated Windshield Control Module J505 - A - is actuated as follows by control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 by way of air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network
(LIN-Bus)" (Read Measuring Value Block, display group "045" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 :
After starting cold engine if ambient temperature is less than + 5 ° C and control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 is set to "Auto" mode; temperature setting on control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 must be such that air conditioner is in heating mode and temperature
measured by senders ( Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 , Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 ,
Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 ) must not be in excess of + 35 ° C; heating period is governed
by ambient temperature (max. 6 minutes at -40 ° ).
On selecting "Defrost" mode on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 if ambient
temperature is less than + 5 ° C; heating period is between 2 and 6 minutes depending on ambient
temperature; lamp in Defrost button flashes as long as heated windshield is switched on; actuation only
takes place with engine running.
Heated Windshield Control Module J505 - A - switches on Heated Windshield Z2 if the following
conditions are fulfilled:
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 actuating Heated Windshield Control Module
J505
Voltage at Heated Windshield Control Module J505 greater than 12.70 V
Heated Windshield Control Module J505 not overheated
Heated Windshield Control Module J505 is actuated by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 by way of air conditioner data bus system "Local Interconnect Network (LIN-Bus)". If a
condition exists in Heated Windshield Control Module J505 which does not permit activation of heated
windshield, control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is informed by way of this signal
wire that heated windshield is not to be activated (Read Measuring Value Block, display group "045" )
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 214
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Resistance of metal foil in Heated Windshield Z2 is approx. 1.9 ohms. A voltage greater than electrical
system voltage is required to attain maximum possible heat output of approx. 1000 W (watts) at
windshield. Heated Windshield Control Module J505 converts electrical system voltage for Heated
Windshield Z2 into a variable voltage of between 25 and 48 V depending on electrical system voltage.
With an electrical system voltage of 13.1 V at Heated Windshield Control Module J505 , control module
supplies Heated Windshield Z2 with a voltage of 41 V "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052..
To prevent electrical system overload, Heated Windshield Control Module J505 regulates heat output for
Heated Windshield Z2. With an electrical system voltage of 12.70 V this is approx. 200 W and is
infinitely regulated to 1000 W at 13.10 V. Heated Windshield Control Module J505 permits an increase
in power output of max. 200 W per second to guard against voltage dips in the electrical system on
switching on heated windshield.
To prevent actuation of Heated Windshield Z2 in the event of short circuit or open circuit in wiring,
Heated Windshield Control Module J505 checks resistance of Heated Windshield Z2. If resistance
measured is less than approx. 1.5 W (short circuit) or greater than approx. 2.5 W (open circuit or contact
resistance), Heated Windshield Control Module J505 does not switch on windshield heating or switches it
off "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system
VAS 5051 A/5052.
A/C SYSTEM CONTROL AND REGULATION COMPONENTS IN PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
A/C system control and regulation components in passenger compartment
NOTE: In the event of an air conditioner malfunction, start by reading out DTC
memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
If no DTC is displayed, read out measured value block of control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (pay particular attention to
measured value blocks "001" , "002", "033" and "034" ) --> Read Measuring
Value Block and actuate any problematic component by way of "Output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)" function --> Output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Refrigerant circuit servicing work is described as of --> Refrigerant circuit,
servicing.
For air conditioner servicing work which can be performed without
opening refrigerant circuit, refer to --> Refrigerant circuit, servicing.
For air conditioner servicing work requiring opening of the refrigerant
circuit, refer to --> Refrigerant circuit, servicing.
Electrical checking of the various control motors, potentiometers and
senders is described in the Guided Fault Finding routine "Guided Fault
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 215
Perform the following on completion of repair work:
displayed --> Check DTC memory and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Check coding of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 --> Climatronic Control
Module J255 , coding and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
If applicable, check adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 -->
Climatronic Control Module J255 , adaptation and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
Perform air conditioner Basic Setting --> Basic Setting"Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
A/C system control and regulation components in passenger compartment, left side overview
CAUTION: The following information contains references to two different A/C system
types: "Convenience" and "Basic". As of the time of publication, A6
models sold in the USA and Canada are only equipped with the
"Convenience" A/C system type. Please disregard all "Basic" A/C system
type information.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 216
Fig. 112: A/C System Control And Regulation Components In Passenger Compartment, Left Side
Overview
1 - Accelerator mechanism
Kick-down deactivation of compressor by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (via
A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 ) is implemented when requested by Engine Control Module
(ECM) (data are exchanged via CAN-Bus system). Current status can be read off in measured value block
of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (display group "001" ) "Guided Fault
2 - Data Link Connector (DLC)
Air conditioner On Board Diagnostics (OBD) procedure "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 217
3 - Left instrument panel vent
Removing and installing instrument panel vent --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
4 - Vent to left front door (drivers door)
5 - Driver information system (DIS) in instrument panel insert
With Outside Air Temperature Display G106

Ambient temperature output by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is displayed
(Read Measuring Value Block, display groups "018" and "019"
If temperature display is not OK, check measured values of temperature sensors (Read Measuring Value
Block, display groups "018" and "019" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Measured value of Outside Air Temperature Sensor G17 is evaluated by Instrument Cluster Control
Module J285 and transmitted by way of convenience CAN-Bus system to control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (Read Measuring Value Block, display group "018" ) and "Guided
A/5052
6 - Sunlight Photo Sensor G107
Removing and installing --> Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 , removing and installing
Sunlight penetration measured by Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 and calculated by control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 is indicated in measured value block (Read Measuring Value Block,
display group "024" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052
7 - Multi Media Interface (MMI) display
Different versions and operation depending on type of MMI ( "Infotainment" or "Basic" ) and vehicle
equipment Owners manual
MMI display indicates functions selected on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
(and various additional air conditioner functions) Owners manual
"Set-up" button on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 or MMI terminal can be
used to call up and alter setting of various additional air conditioner functions Owners manual
On vehicles with "Comfort" version A/C system from model year 2007, depending on coding and
adaptation of front Climatronic Control Module J255 , the respective setting does not always appear on
Multi Media Interface (MMI) display when turning the rotary temperature control (on the USA coding,
the indication appears e.g. only when the rotary temperature control has been briefly pressed beforehand).
8 - Center instrument panel vent
With Left Center Air Outlet Sensor G347 and Right Center Air Outlet Sensor G348
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 218
The two sensors enable the control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 to detect position
of flap in corresponding vent (open or closed)
Removing and installing instrument panel vent --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM

The temperature of the air outflow can be altered via the Multi Media Interface (MMI) Operating
instructions
9 - Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 of "Basic" type
Not for USA
10 - Infrared temperature and sunlight penetration sensor
Not for USA
11 - Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 of "Convenience" type
Different versions (for vehicles without/with seat heating, with left or right-hand drive, with "Econ / On /
Off" button or just "On / Off" , assignment Parts List
Removing and installing --> Notes on removing and installing control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255
Instrument Panel Interior Temperature Sensor G56 is integrated into control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 and cannot be replaced separately
"Humidity sender" is installed in area of Instrument Panel Interior Temperature Sensor G56 in control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and cannot be replaced separately
Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 is installed in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 but can be replaced separately --> Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 , removing and
installing
Also observe additional notes on control and display unit --> Notes on removing and installing control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 On Board Diagnostics (OBD) is to be
performed as described in Guided Fault Finding routine "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
Buttons and display zones are illuminated by LEDs which cannot be replaced
12 - Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 and Instrument Panel Interior Temperature Sensor G56
Installed in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ; checking "Guided Fault Finding"
Removing and installing Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 --> Interior Temperature Sensor Fan
V42 , removing and installing
Instrument Panel Interior Temperature Sensor G56 cannot be replaced separately
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 219
13 - Left Front Seat Temperature Sensor G344 and Left Front Heated Seat Z45
Not all vehicles feature seat heating (and seat ventilation); optional extra (introduction of seat ventilation
not yet finalized)
Actuation of seat heating is indicated in measured value block of control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 ; checking (Read Measuring Value Block, display groups "026" and "027" ) and
5051 A/5052
Servicing seat heating (and seat ventilation) --> 74 - SEATS - UPHOLSTERY, COVERS
14 - Heating and A/C unit (viewed from left)
Different versions (for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 of "Convenience" type,
left or right-hand drive vehicle Parts List
Heating and A/C unit components --> Heating and A/C unit components
Air routing in Heating and A/C unit and vehicle --> Diagram of air distribution and air routing in
Heating and A/C unit and air intake unit
Removing and installing Heating and A/C unit --> Heating and A/C unit, removing and installing
15 - Condensate drain hose
Left (drivers side)

Checking, removing and installing --> Condensate drain hose, checking, removing and installing
1 condensate drain hose each for drivers and front passengers side
A/C system control and regulation components in passenger compartment, right side overview
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 220
Fig. 113: A/C System Control And Regulation Components In Passenger Compartment, Right Side
Overview
1 - Heating and A/C unit (viewed from right)
Different versions (for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 , left or right-hand
drive vehicle Parts List
Air routing in Heating and A/C unit and vehicle --> Diagram of air distribution and air routing in
Heating and A/C unit and air intake unit
2 - Dust and pollen filter (with/without ACF element)
Observe replacement intervals

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 221
Different versions depending on vehicle equipment Parts List
With ACF filter element on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ;
such vehicles are also installed with Air Quality Sensor G238
Removing and installing --> Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing
3 - Evaporator

Removing and installing --> Evaporator, removing and installing
Clean A/C system evaporator using ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189 --> A/C system
evaporator, cleaning using ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189
4 - Heating system heater core
5 - Auxiliary Air Heater Heating Element Z35
Not for USA
6 - Condensate drain hose
Right (front passengers side)

Checking, removing and installing --> Condensate drain hose, checking, removing and installing
7 - Right instrument panel vent
Removing and installing instrument panel vent 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
8 - Vent to left front door (drivers door)
9 - Right Front Seat Temperature Sensor G345 and Right Front Heated Seat Z46
Not all vehicles feature seat heating (and seat ventilation); optional extra (introduction of seat ventilation
not yet finalized)
Actuation of seat heating is indicated in measured value block of control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 ; checking (Read Measuring Value Block, display groups "026" and "027" ) and
5051 A/5052
Servicing seat heating and seat ventilation --> 74 - SEATS - UPHOLSTERY, COVERS
In vehicles with seat occupied sensor system, the seat heaters for front passengers seat and rear seats may
be switched off after approx. 10 minutes, without an indicating display in this measuring value block, if
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 222
Airbag Control Module J234 detects the seat is unoccupied (read measuring value block of Airbag
Control Module J234 Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051 in "Guided Fault
Finding" function ).
10 - Multi Media Interface (MMI) terminal
Different versions and operation depending on type of MMI ( "Infotainment" or "Basic" ) and vehicle
equipment Owners manual
"Set-up" button on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 or MMI terminal can be
used to call up and alter setting of various additional air conditioner functions Owners manual
MMI display indicates functions selected on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
(and various additional air conditioner functions) Owners manual
Heating and A/C unit components
NOTE: Different versions depending on vehicle model and equipment (vehicle

with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 , left or
right-hand drive Parts List
Air routing in Heating and A/C unit and vehicle --> Diagram of air
distribution and air routing in Heating and A/C unit and air intake unit
Removing and installing Heating and A/C unit --> Heating and A/C unit,
The Heating and A/C unit wiring harness has various identical connectors
which should be marked before unplugging to avoid interchange.
avoid interchange.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 223
Fig. 114: Heating And A/C Unit Components

1 - Right Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V238
Right Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V238 has an integrated Right Front Upper Body Outlet Position
Sensor G388.
Removing and installing --> Right Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V238 , removing and installing
2 - Defroster Flap Motor V107
With Defroster Flap Motor Position Sensor G135

Removing and installing --> Defroster Flap Motor V107 , removing and installing
3 - Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 224
Removing and installing --> Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 , removing and installing
4 - Coolant pipe
Supply from pump valve unit to left side of heater core

Different versions for LHD and RHD vehicles Parts List
There are different versions of the heater core and the associated coolant pipes. In model year 2006, the
seal between connections on heater core and coolant pipes were converted as a running change in
production from an axial/radial seal to a radial seal, pay attention to correct assignment --> Heater core,
5 - Coolant pipe
Supply from pump valve unit to right side of heater core

6 - Dust and pollen filter (with/without ACF element)

With ACF filter element on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ;
such vehicles are also installed with Air Quality Sensor G238
7 - Evaporator

Clean A/C system evaporator using ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189 --> A/C system
evaporator, cleaning using ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189
8 - Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263
Removing and installing --> Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 , removing and installing
9 - Connection for condensate drain, right
Checking, removing and installing condensate drain hose --> Condensate drain hose, checking,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 225
10 - Heater (Heating and A/C unit) heater core

Not for USA
12 - Right Footwell Flap Motor V109
Right Footwell Flap Motor V109 has an integrated Right Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor G140.
Removing and installing --> Right Footwell Flap Motor V109 , removing and installing
Right Footwell Flap Motor V109 is only installed on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic
13 - Front Cold Air Flap Motor V197
With Front Cold Air Flap Motor Position Sensor G315

Removing and installing --> Front Cold Air Flap Motor V197 , removing and installing
14 - Rear Footwell Vent Motor V112
With Rear Footwell Vent Motor Position Sensor G141

Removing and installing --> Rear Footwell Vent Motor V112 , removing and installing
15 - Connector to control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
16 - Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191
Removing and installing --> Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 , removing and installing
The Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 is being gradually discontinued, therefore pay attention to
correct assignment of Climatronic Control Module J255 (different versions) Parts Catalog
17 - Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213
With Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor Position Sensor G330
Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213 is only installed on vehicles with control and display unit,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 226
Removing and installing --> Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213 , removing and installing
18 - Coolant pipe
Return from heater core to engine

19 - Center Vent Adjustment Motor V102
With Center Vent Motor Position Sensor G138

Removing and installing --> Center Vent Adjustment Motor V102 , removing and installing
20 - Left Footwell Flap Motor V108
With Left Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor G139

Left Footwell Flap Motor V108 is installed on left on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic
Removing and installing --> Left Footwell Flap Motor V108 , removing and installing
21 - Connection for condensate drain, left
Checking, removing and installing condensate drain hose --> Condensate drain hose, checking,
22 - Cover
Removing and installing dust and pollen filter --> Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing
23 - Refrigerant pipes to evaporator
Disconnecting refrigerant pipes from evaporator/connecting, removing and installing evaporator -->
Evaporator, removing and installing
Disconnecting refrigerant pipe to Heating and A/C unit/connecting --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting
from Heating and A/C unit/connecting
24 - Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150
Removing and installing --> Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 , removing and installing
25 - Left Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V237
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 227
With Left Front Upper Body Outlet Position Sensor G387

Left Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V237 is installed on left on vehicles with control and display unit,
Removing and installing --> Left Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V237 , removing and installing
Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing
NOTE: Replacement interval for dust and pollen filter

The dust and pollen filter consists of 2 identical filter elements. Pay
attention to correct installation position when installing (direction of flow
is marked with arrows).
If necessary, clean plenum chamber after replacing dust and pollen filter.
Pay particular attention to area beneath air intake unit.
Clean dust and pollen filter mounting slot in Heating and A/C unit before
installing new filter.
There are different dust and pollen filter versions. The two filters have a
different air resistance. Particular attention is therefore to be paid to
correct version. Control characteristic for actuation of Fresh Air Blower V2
is adapted accordingly in control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255.
Filter with activated charcoal element (as integrated odor filter) is installed
on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Parts List. Such vehicles are equipped with an Air Quality Sensor G238.
Removing
NOTE: Depending on vehicle equipment, for certain versions or certain optional

equipment (e.g. vehicles equipped with "Global Positioning System" ), it
may be necessary to remove the glove compartment (it is possible other
specific control modules which are installed in this area, e.g. Special
Purpose Vehicle Control Module J608 must also be removed).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 228
Fig. 115: Identifying Foam Insulation Element And Cover

Depending on vehicle equipment, a foam insulation element - A - may be installed (glued) in area of
cover - B - on certain versions, remove it if necessary.
Fig. 116: Identifying Lid For Lower Glove Compartment Cover

Remove cover - A - from lower trim of glove compartment - B -.
NOTE: Cover - A - is held in position in lower trim of glove compartment - B - by

way of 4 fasteners. These may be difficult to release and care is therefore
to be taken to avoid damaging lower trim of glove compartment - B - on
removal.
Protect floor covering with paper in area beneath slot for dust and pollen
filter in Heating and A/C unit in front passengers footwell.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 229
Fig. 117: Identifying Catches And Pollen Filter Cover For Air Conditioning Unit
Release fastener - B - and remove cover - A - for dust and pollen filter from Heating and A/C unit.
Fig. 118: Identifying Dust And Pollen Filter

Remove first section of dust and pollen filter - A - from Heating and A/C unit.
NOTE: 2 identical filter elements are installed in vertical arrangement in Heating

and A/C unit.
Reach into slot of Heating and A/C unit - C - and pull second section of
dust and pollen filter - B - downwards (at tab) and then out of air
conditioner slot.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 230
Installing
Fig. 119: Identifying Dust And Pollen Filter

Remove leaves, dust and other contamination from mounting slot for dust and pollen filter of Heating and
A/C unit - C - using commercially available vacuum cleaner, Suction Nozzle With Brush VAS 6288 (and
corresponding hose).
NOTE: Dust and other contamination may cling to Heating and A/C unit. A brush
is attached to Suction Nozzle With Brush VAS 6288 for removing such
contamination.
Insert first section - B - of dust and pollen filter into slot of Heating and A/C
unit - C - and slide it into upper installation position, paying attention to
direction of flow (arrows on filter - D - point towards evaporator).
If necessary, use steel rule for example to hold first section of dust and
pollen filter - B - in upper installation position.
Slide second section of dust and pollen filter - A - (beneath first section - B
- installed) into slot of Heating and A/C unit, paying attention to direction
of flow (arrows on filter - D - point towards evaporator).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 231
Fig. 120: Identifying Catches And Pollen Filter Cover For Air Conditioning Unit
Check position of seal - C - in groove - D -.

Install cover - A - , paying attention to correct positioning in mount - E - and fastener - B -.
Dust and pollen filter with activated charcoal filter element
Dust and pollen filter with additional activated charcoal filter element is installed on vehicles with control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255. These vehicles are additionally equipped with an Air
Quality Sensor G238 --> Air Quality Sensor G238 , operating mode.
Whilst acting as a dust and pollen filter, the activated charcoal filter element is also designed to filter out
gaseous pollutants such as ozone, benzene and nitrogen dioxide from the flow of air.
The purpose of the activated charcoal is to absorb the gaseous pollutants in the air flow until the air
flow/fresh-air flaps are closed and the air conditioner is operating in recirculated-air mode. Switching
from fresh-air to recirculated-air mode is implemented by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 as soon as Air Quality Sensor G238 detects gaseous pollutants in the ambient atmosphere
( "automatic air recirculation" function must have been selected).
The activated charcoal layer in the dust and pollen filter acts differently on the various pollutants in the
air:
Certain pollutants are permanently bonded in the activated charcoal layer.

Others are converted into harmless compounds as in a catalytic converter.
In all other respects, the activated charcoal acts like a condenser. As the impact level increases, pollutants
are initially absorbed until a certain degree of saturation is attained. If the pollutant content decreases, the
activated charcoal layer continuously emits the absorbed particles again.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:46 AM Page 232
As the activated charcoal layer permanently bonds some of the pollutant particles, it is appropriate to
renew the dust and pollen filter sooner than specified under the following usage conditions:
Vehicle operation in areas with severe air pollution

Vehicle operation with "Automatic air recirculation" function predominantly deactivated
On vehicles with Air Quality Sensor G238 , air conditioner should be operated as far as possible in
"automatic air recirculation" mode. Should it however be necessary or desirable to deactivate the
function, attention must be paid to the following:
- Activated charcoal layer in dust and pollen filter becomes saturated after a certain length of time.
- A saturated filter can no longer absorb pollutants and allows them to pass unhindered.
The main function of the activated charcoal layer of the dust and pollen filter and Air Quality Sensor
G238 is to prevent peak pollution levels entering the passenger compartment. The following must
however be observed:
If a vehicle is driven in an area with a relatively clean environment (with few gaseous pollutants in the
air), the point at which switching from fresh to recirculated-air mode takes place is different to that in
areas with a high basic impact level (e.g. industrial estates).
Irrespective of the basic impact level, switching from fresh to recirculated-air mode always takes place if
there is an increase in pollutant level (e.g. on driving through a cloud of diesel emissions from a truck).
A/C system evaporator, cleaning using ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189
NOTE: Odors from the A/C system can have various causes, only a portion of
these odors originate in the A/C system evaporator and therefore can be
eliminated by cleaning the evaporator using ultrasonic HVAC cleaning
system VAS 6189.
Possible cause for odors
Odor from burned oil.
Occurs mostly in engine compartment from a leak on the engine or transmission.
Sulphurous odor from exhaust gas.
From leak on the exhaust system.

From exhaust gas entering passenger compartment e.g. while driving in reverse (by driving through an
exhaust cloud).
Fishy odor from coolant.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 233
From leak at cooling system of engine or of A/C system heater core.
NOTE: If fishy odor is detected also in recirculated air mode as well as in fresh air
mode, check A/C system heater core for proper seal.
Odor from a scorched clutch
Emanations from floor mats, subsequently installed decorative seat
covers etc.
Rotten moldy odor from plenum chamber.
From accumulation and depositing of various contaminants like leaves,
tree needles etc.
From water which cannot flow out of the plenum chamber or air intake
housing.
NOTE: Check water drains of plenum chamber and of air intake housing -->
Plenum chamber water drain, checking, cleaning, removing and installing.
Odor from the heating and A/C unit.
NOTE: Odors originating in heating and A/C unit can mainly be detected in fresh
air mode as well as in recirculated air mode. If there is a complaint of odor
while in fresh air mode or recirculated air mode only, the cause is not in
the heating and A/C unit in most cases.
If heater core is leaking, the odor of the escaping coolant can be detected
even in fresh air mode as well as in recirculated air mode (heater core has
continuous air flow).
From excessive water condensation in heating and A/C unit.
NOTE: Check both condensation water drains --> Condensate drain hose,
checking, removing and installing.
From an old or severely soiled dust and pollen filter.
NOTE: Check dust and pollen filter --> Dust and pollen filter, removing and
installing.
From deposits on evaporator lamellae.
NOTE: Clean evaporator using ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189.
Cleaning evaporator
NOTE: Cleaning of the evaporator using the ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system
VAS 6189 is demonstrated in the VW - Audi TV broadcast no. 201 Audi
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 234
Service Net VW - Audi TV archive broadcast no. 201.
Required tools
Ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189

Cleaning fluid VAS 6189/1.
Standard vacuum cleaner and suction nozzle with bush VAS 6288.
Preparation
Check whether the odor actually originates in the A/C system evaporator by switching from fresh air
mode to recirculated air mode.
NOTE: Only when the odor originates in the evaporator can it be eliminated by
cleaning using the ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189.
Check plenum chamber and the water drain valves installed there and
clean them if necessary --> Plenum chamber water drain, checking,
cleaning, removing and installing.
Remove dust and pollen filter and check it for odor and soiling --> Dust
and pollen filter, removing and installing.
NOTE: On this vehicle, the dust and pollen filter is installed between Fresh Air
Blower V2 and evaporator, therefore it must be removed for the cleaning.
Clean the installation compartment for dust and pollen filter of heating and
A/C unit of leaves, dust and other contaminants using a standard vacuum
cleaner, suction nozzle with bush VAS 6288 (and hose attachment) -->
Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing.
Close again the opening, over which the dust and pollen filter was
removed, on heating and A/C unit.
Start engine.
Set operating mode "recirculated air mode" on Climatronic Control Module
J255 and switch off compressor "Econ mode".
Open instrument panel vents and set the lowest possible temperature for
drivers and front passengers sides (e.g. temperature preselect "Lo" ) on
Close vehicle windows and sunroof.
Set Climatronic Control Module J255 to lowest air blower speed and select
"instrument panel vents" for the air outlet direction.
Cleaning
Shake the bottle of cleaning fluid VAS 6189/1 and pour into ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 235
6189 , note the ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189 operating instructions when doing this.
Place the ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189 in the front passengers footwell.
Start up the ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189 (according to operating instructions) and route
the outlet hose belonging to it so that the vapor escaping via the recirculated air opening of the heating
and A/C unit (beneath instrument panel) is drawn in by the Fresh Air Blower V2.
Close vehicle doors.
NOTE: Cleaning procedure lasts approx. 15 to 20 minutes, it is complete when

vapor no longer escapes from outlet hose.
Final procedures
Switch off the ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189.

Open vehicle doors and ventilate vehicle for a minimum of 10 minutes.
Remove ultrasonic HVAC cleaning system VAS 6189 from vehicle and clean it according to the
operating instructions.
Switch ignition off.
Install dust and pollen filter --> Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing.
Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 , removing and installing
Carefully pry cover panel with Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 - A - out of instrument panel vent to
windshield.
NOTE: Cover panel with Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 - A - is held in position in
instrument panel by means of clips - C -.
Unplug connector - B -.
Remove Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 - D - from cover panel - E -.
Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 , removing and installing
NOTE: Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 is only installed in control and
Remove control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 -->
Notes on removing and installing control and display unit, Climatronic
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 236
Fig. 121: Identifying Bolts And Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42
Remove bolts - A -.
Pull Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 - B - out of control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255.
NOTE: When installing Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 , do not press on
motor - C - but rather hold blower at housing.
Notes on removing and installing control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
General notes on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
There are different control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 models and in turn
different versions of these models. When replacing control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255 , attention must therefore be paid to exact assignment Parts List.
The Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 has been gradually discontinued, on vehicles without this
sensor, only the Climatronic Control Module J255 with part no. 4F1 820 043 as of index "M" is or may
be installed Parts Catalog.
In vehicles without Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 , if a Climatronic Control Module J255 with
part no. 4F1 820 043 up to and including index "L" is installed, the missing sensor is displayed as a
malfunction.
Climatronic Control Module J255 units with part no. 4F1 820 043 as of index "M" have already been
installed with gradual introduction as of 05.2005 also in vehicles with Center Outlet Temperature Sensor
G191 (sensor measured value is no longer required by this A/C control and display unit for regulation and
therefore is not evaluated).
Control and display units can no longer be exchanged in the familiar manner. Component protection is
activated as soon as an control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 has been matched to a
vehicle "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system
VAS 5051 A/5052.
If an control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 with active component protection (anti-
theft system) is installed in a different vehicle, the functions required for vehicle security can still be
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 237
selected, but not the convenience functions "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Component protection can only be cancelled by entering certain vehicle data Guided Fault Finding
function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
The functions selected are indicated by lighting of LEDs in the various control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 buttons.
Display zones and controls of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 are illuminated
by way of LEDs (which cannot be replaced).
Fig. 122: Disconnecting Electrical Harness Connectors In Sequence By Releasing Catches

Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is not always connected to terminal "15".
Following interruption of power supply (via connector - D - ), it is therefore necessary to wait at least 30 s
before unplugging remaining connections so as to protect electronics --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams,
Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If a new control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 has been installed and Basic Setting
not performed, air conditioner control action is restricted and this is displayed as a malfunction in the
DTC memory "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
Always perform the following operations after replacing control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
system VAS 5051 A/5052:
Check coding.
Implement Basic Setting.
Check adaptation.
Check DTC memory.
Notes on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
Unit ( ° C or ° F) for temperature display of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is
transmitted by MMI (Multi Media Interface) via convenience CAN-Bus system and is determined by
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 238
setting entered.
Fig. 123: Identifying A/C System Components

The control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 - A - is available in the following versions
(without/with seat heating button, for vehicles with left or right-hand drive, with button - C - for "Econ,
On / Off" or just "On / Off" function).
On control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 - A - , the two controls - D - can be
removed and thus replaced separately Parts List.
In the event of incorrect Instrument Panel Interior Temperature Sensor G56 measurements (only installed
with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 - A - ) check intake grille - B - of trim
panel of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (must not be sealed) and operation of
Interior Temperature Sensor Fan V42 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 type can be started up for a certain length of
time (up to approx. 30 minutes) after switching off ignition by pressing "Econ, On / Off" button
(operating time is governed by battery charge; maximum time approx. 10 minutes) Owners manual.
"Humidity sender" is installed in area of Instrument Panel Interior Temperature Sensor G56 in control and
display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and cannot be replaced separately.
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 , removing
Check coding and adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 by way of
"Control module replacement" function in Guided Fault Finding routine (if control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 is to be replaced) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 239
Fig. 124: Pulling Climatronic Control Module J255 Out Of Center Console
NOTE: Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 - A - is held in
position in center console by way of 4 clips - E -.
Fig. 125: Identifying Clips For Climatronic Control Module J255

As of the beginning of 2006, Climatronic Control Module J255 units are installed with gradual
introduction of modified clips - A - on the top (clips on bottom remain the same, version - B - ), at the
same time instrument panel center sections with modified mounting bracket for the top clips version - C -
are also introduced. For Climatronic Control Module J255 units on which clip - B - is installed (force-
fitted clip with an angle of approx. 120 ° installed, on the version that was installed up to beginning of
2006, panel colored pearl-gray metallic), this control and display unit can be removed without removing
the center instrument panel vent.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 240
Fig. 126: Identifying Clips And Slot For Climatronic Control Module J255
For Climatronic Control Module J255 units on which clip - C - is installed (form-fitted clip with an angle
of approx. 65 ° installed, on the version that was installed as of beginning of 2006, panel colored Nero),
this control and display unit can only be removed with the center instrument panel vent removed --> 68 -
INTERIOR EQUIPMENT . So that clips - C - can be disengaged, one slot - D - each in instrument
panel center section has been applied in area of upper mounting bracket for clips.
CAUTION: With the introduction of form-fitted clips - C - (with an angle of

approx. 65 ° ) on top of the A/C control and displa y unit, modified
instrument panel center sections have also been introduced (can be
detected by a vertical slot - D - in area of top mounting bracket.) If an
A/C control and display unit with clips - C - should be installed in an
instrument panel center section without this slot - D - , possibly it can
only be removed after removing the instrument panel center section
(form-fit connection can only be disengaged from the front via this
slot).

NOTE:
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 241
Climatronic Control Module J255 units which were installed at the

beginning of 2006 with a panel colored "pearl-gray metallic" , force-fitted
clips - B - are installed on the top, deviating from this however during the
transition period, form-fitted clips - C - may also be installed at some
components, only form-fitted clips - C - are installed with the introduction
of A/C control and display units with a panel colored "Nero".
Removing on a vehicle with a production date as of beginning of 2006
Grasp under Climatronic Control Module J255 - B - and carefully pull Climatronic Control Module J255
out of center console (A/C control and display unit with a panel colored "pearl-gray metallic" ), if it
cannot be disengaged from the instrument panel center section, remove center instrument panel vent -->
68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
Remove center instrument panel vent (A/C control and display unit with a panel colored "Nero" ) --> 68 -
INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Using two small screwdrivers - A - , disengage catches of both top clips - C - (above slots in instrument
panel center section), then grasp under Climatronic Control Module J255 - B - and carefully pull it out of
center console
Removing on a vehicle with a production date up to beginning of 2006
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 242
Grasp under Climatronic Control Module J255 - A - and carefully pull it out of center console (A/C
control and display unit with a panel colored "pearl-gray metallic" ).
Continued procedure
Fig. 130: Disconnecting Electrical Harness Connectors In Sequence By Releasing Catches

Release fasteners of connector - D - by pressing retainer tabs - F - and unplug connector.

Wait 30 s (to protect electronics in control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ).
Release and unplug connector - E -.
Release fasteners of connectors - A - to - C - by pressing retainer tabs - F - and unplug connectors.
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 , installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 243

Check the clips on top of Climatronic Control Module J255 , if there should be different clips - A - on the
new A/C control and display unit to be installed than those on the removed A/C control and display unit
(e.g. clips - B - instead of - C - ), remove these clips using a small screwdriver - D - and replace them
with the correct version.
Fig. 132: Identifying Clips And Slot For Climatronic Control Module J255
NOTE: Only then install Climatronic Control Module J255 on which clips - C - are
installed (form-fitted clips with an angle of approx. 65 ° ), when slots - D -
are present in instrument panel center section (without this slot, the A/C
control and display unit can only then be removed again with the
instrument panel center section removed, the clips cannot be disengaged
on an instrument panel center section without slot).
Install control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 in reverse order of removal.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 244
Perform Basic Setting, coding, adaptation and Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) for air conditioner
5051 A/5052.
Condensate drain hose, checking, removing and installing
NOTE: This vehicle is installed with 2 condensate drains (on right and left at
Heating and A/C unit/transmission tunnel).
Fig. 133: Condensate Drain Hose, Removing/Installing

There is no flap at outlet opening of condensate drain hose - A - ; condensate drains off by way of rubber
lips - D -.
Checking
NOTE: Always check both condensate drains.

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 245
Remove both condensate drain hoses - A - and check the following:
Gap between floor panel - F - and insulation mat - G - in transmission tunnel; there must be sufficient
space for condensate to be able to drain out of condensate drain opening - D -
Contamination of condensate drain of Heating and A/C unit - E - with a piece of wire, for example; clean
if necessary
Installation position of floor covering; cross-section of condensate drain hose - A - must not be
constricted
In the event of moisture problems in passenger compartment, check the following components in addition
to the condensate drains:
Water drain openings in plenum chamber --> Plenum chamber water drain, checking, cleaning,
Water drain from air intake unit --> Plenum chamber water drain, checking, cleaning, removing and
installing
Plenum chamber cover and scuttle panel trim for damage and correct installation --> 50 - BODY -
FRONT
Dust and pollen filter for contamination and correct installation --> Dust and pollen filter, removing
and installing
Forced-air extraction in luggage compartment --> Vent frame, checking

Actuation and operation of fresh-air/air flow flaps and recirculated-air flap (e.g. by way of "Output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)" function) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Signal for detection of wiper operation at control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
(Read Measuring Value Block, display group "022" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
Check temperature of air flowing out of evaporator by way of measured values of Evaporator Vent
Temperature Sensor G263 under usage conditions described by customer with following settings on
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052:
"Lo" temperature setting for drivers and front passengers side

Medium fresh-air blower speed (approx. 7V) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
"Fresh-air" mode
Check measured value of Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 (Read Measuring Value Block,
display group "018" ) and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052. If measured value is too low (at ambient temperature above
0 ° C, colder than 0 ° C for lengthy period) or too high (greater than e.g. 10 ° C although air conditioner is
functioning properly), note information on checking cooling output --> Air conditioner, checking
cooling output.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 246
Removing
Remove center console cover on left and/or right --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

If necessary, carefully fold back floor covering until condensate drain hose - A - is visible.
Unfasten clip - B -.
Protect area of floor covering beneath condensate drain hose - A - with absorbent paper (to stop any water
running onto or beneath floor covering).
Remove condensate drain hose - A -.
Installing

Check the following before installing condensate drain hose - A - :
Gap between floor panel - F - and insulation mat - G - in transmission tunnel; there must be sufficient
space for condensate to be able to drain out of condensate drain opening - D -
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 247
Contamination of condensate drain of Heating and A/C unit - E - with a piece of wire, for example; clean
if necessary
Insert condensate drain in opening in lower floor panel - C -.
Connect condensate drain hose - A - to condensate drain of Heating and A/C unit - E - and secure
connection with clip - B -.
Check installation position of floor covering; cross-section of condensate drain hose - A - must not be
constricted.
Install center console covers on left and/or right, taking care to avoid contact with condensate drain hose -
A - and thus constriction of its cross-section.
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS OF HEATING AND A/C UNIT (WITH HEATING AND A/C UNIT IN
POSITION), REMOVING AND INSTALLING
Electrical components of Heating and A/C unit (with Heating and A/C unit in position), removing and installing
NOTE: The Heating and A/C unit wiring harness has various identical connectors
intake unit. These motors have different electrical values (different
adjustment ranges of integrated potentiometers) and part number indices
Parts List and should therefore be marked prior to removal to avoid
interchange.
Center Vent Adjustment Motor V102 , removing and installing
NOTE: This control motor is installed with a potentiometer with an adjustment

If necessary, mark motor/flap connecting element on removal to avoid
interchange with connecting elements of other control motors.
Mark control motor prior to removal. Pay attention to correct assignment
on installation, as well as correct part number/index on replacement (the
various control motors have different electrical values and part number
indices) Parts List.
In the event of malfunction "Upper or lower limit value exceeded" , check
connecting element.
Removing

Remove drivers storage compartment --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 248
Fig. 137: Identifying Connector, Bolts, Connecting Element, And Control Motor
Mark connector - C - to control motor (to prevent interchange with other identical connectors).
Unplug connector - C - from Center Vent Adjustment Motor V102.
Remove bolts - A - (tightening torque 10 Ncm).
Use a screwdriver to carefully pry connecting element - D - off control motor - B - and remove control
motor.
NOTE: If Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213 is so awkwardly positioned that

connecting elements - E - impede control motor removal, then these must
be removed --> Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213 , removing and
installing.
Leave connecting element - D - to flap shaft in position at Heating and A/C
unit.
Removing connecting element to shaft of flap - D - --> Connecting
elements, removing and installing to the various Heating and A/C unit
flaps
Installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 249


180 °.
and negative.
be installed.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 250
Install control motor - B - to connecting element - D - of shaft to flap for center vent.
NOTE: Check positioning of connecting element. It must engage in shaft of motor

and there must not be any clearance between control motor shaft and
connecting element.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Defroster Flap Motor V107 , removing and installing

If necessary, mark motor/flap connecting element on removal to avoid
interchange with connecting elements of other control motors.
connecting element.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 251
Removing

Remove entire instrument panel front --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
NOTE: If necessary, obtain radio anti-theft code before disconnecting battery.
Fig. 140: Releasing Fasteners And Removing Air Duct

Release fasteners - B - and remove air duct - A -.
If necessary, mark connector - C - to Defroster Flap Motor V107 to prevent interchange with other
identical connectors.
Unplug connector - C - from Defroster Flap Motor V107.
Remove bolts - A - (e.g. using Ratchet Wrench T40083 or ring wrench bent to appropriate shape)
(tightening torque 10 Ncm).
motor.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 252
NOTE: Leave connecting element - D - in position at Heating and A/C unit.

Removing connecting element to shaft of flap in Heating and A/C unit -->
Connecting elements, removing and installing to the various Heating and
A/C unit flaps
Installing


180 °.
and negative.
be installed.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 253
Install control motor - B - to connecting element - D - of shaft to defrost flap.
NOTE: If necessary, reach into vent and move flap into position in which control
motor can be installed.
Check positioning of connecting element. It must engage in shaft of motor
connecting element.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Left Footwell Flap Motor V108 , removing and installing

Mark motor/flap connecting element on removal to avoid interchange with
connecting elements of other control motors.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 254
connecting element.
Removing

Remove lower left trim of center console --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Fig. 144: Identifying Instrument Panel, Bolts, And Footwell Vent

On left side, remove holder for instrument panel - A - and bolts - C - --> 68 - INTERIOR
EQUIPMENT .
Remove air duct to footwell vent - B - for drivers side.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle equipment and positional tolerance between

Heating and A/C unit and bracket for pedal cluster, removal of footwell
vent - B - for drivers side may involve removing pedal cluster from vehicle
and sliding it slightly to left --> 46 - BRAKES - MECHANICAL
COMPONENTS .
Fig. 145: Identifying Footwell Vent, Upper Bolt, And Retaining Tabs
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 255
In model year 2005, the mount of air channel to footwell vent - B - has been changed (gradual
introduction), the upper bolt - C - must then no longer be removed, the air channel is clipped in with
retaining tabs - A -.
Unplug connector - C - from Left Footwell Flap Motor V108.
motor.

Removing connecting element - D - to shaft of flap in Heating and A/C unit
--> Connecting elements, removing and installing to the various Heating
and A/C unit flaps
Installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 256


180 °.
and negative.
be installed.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 257
Install control motor - B - to connecting element - D - of shaft to footwell flap.
NOTE: If necessary, reach into vent and move flap - E - into position in which
control motor can be installed.
connecting element.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Right Footwell Flap Motor V109 , removing and installing

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 258
connecting element.
Removing

Remove glove compartment --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
Remove lower right trim of center console --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT

On right side, remove holder for instrument panel - A - and bolts - C - --> 68 - INTERIOR
EQUIPMENT .
Remove air duct to footwell vent - B - for front passengers side.
Unplug connector - C - from control motor.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 259
motor.

Removing connecting element - D - to shaft of flap in Heating and A/C unit
--> Connecting elements, removing and installing to the various Heating
and A/C unit flaps
Installing


180 °.
and negative.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:47 AM Page 260
be installed.
Install control motor - B - to connecting element - D - of shaft to footwell flap.
NOTE: If necessary, reach into vent and move flap - E - into position in which
control motor can be installed.
connecting element.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Rear Footwell Vent Motor V112 , removing and installing
NOTE: With the exception of the Rear Footwell Vent Motor V112 , the housings of
the Heating and A/C unit control motors are currently identical. This
control motor is installed with a potentiometer with an adjustment range of
120 ° ; part number of this control motor has no in dex at start of
production Parts List.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 261

indices with identical housing) Parts List.
connecting element.
Removing

Remove control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 --> Notes on removing and
installing control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Fig. 153: Identifying Lower Right Holder And Connector

If necessary, remove lower right holder - H - between central tube of instrument panel and transmission
tunnel (to provide better access) --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
If necessary, mark connector - C - to control motor (to prevent interchange with other identical
connectors).
Reach through mounting slot for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and unplug
connector - C - from Rear Footwell Vent Motor V112.
Reach through mounting slot for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and remove
bolt - A - (tightening torque 10 Ncm).
Remove bolt - D - (from underneath by way of gap between instrument panel front and transmission
tunnel) (tightening torque 10 Ncm).
Use screwdriver for example to carefully pry connecting element - E - off control motor - B -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 262
Installing


180 °.
and negative.
be installed.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 263
Fig. 155: Identifying Lower Right Holder And Connector

Move connecting element of rear footwell flap - F - into position in which it is aligned with groove in
connecting element of control motor - E -.
Insert control motor in mount - G - and join the two connecting elements - E - and - F -.
NOTE: Check positioning of both connecting elements.

VAS 5051 A/5052.
Front Cold Air Flap Motor V197 , removing and installing

range of 150 ° ; part number index at start of prod uction: "B" Parts List.
connecting element.
This control motor actuates cold air flap (installed in air duct bypassing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 264
heater core).
Removing


EQUIPMENT .
Fig. 157: Identifying Connector, Bolts, Control Motor, And Connecting Element
Unplug connector - C - from Front Cold Air Flap Motor V197.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 265
Use screwdriver to carefully pry connecting element - D - off control motor - B -.
NOTE: Leave connecting element - E - to flap shaft in position at Heating and A/C
unit.
Removing connecting element to shaft of flap - E - --> Connecting
flaps
Installing


Install connecting element - A - to control motor shaft - B -.

180 °.
connecting element.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 266

and negative.
be installed.
Fig. 159: Identifying Connector, Bolts, Control Motor, And Connecting Element
Install control motor - B - , paying attention to correct mutual positioning of the two connecting elements
- D - and - E -.
NOTE: In cases of doubt regarding correct mutual positioning of the two

connecting elements - D - and - E - , use adapter cable for example -->
motor by way of a 5 A fuse to a 12 V battery. Turn control motor until end
position is reached (direction of rotation can be reversed by interchanging
positive and negative) and in doing so observe the two connecting
elements.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 267
Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213 , removing and installing

range of 150 ° ; part number index at start of prod uction: "B" Parts List.
connecting element.
Removing


EQUIPMENT .

COMPONENTS .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 268
Fig. 162: Identifying Connector, Fastener, Bolts, Control Motor, Connecting Rod, And Connecting
Element
Unplug connector - C - from Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213.
Carefully pry connecting element - D - off control motor.
Release fastener - F - at connecting element - E - (at shaft to flap) and remove connecting elements with
connecting rod - G -.

Installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 269


180 °.
and negative.
be installed.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 270
Fig. 164: Identifying Connector, Fastener, Bolts, Control Motor, Connecting Rod, And Connecting
Element

Install connecting element - E - to shaft to flap, taking care to ensure firm connection at fastener - F -.
Install connecting element - D - at control motor shaft, taking care to ensure correct positioning and
engagement in control motor shaft.
NOTE: Check positioning of connecting element. It must engage in shaft of motor

connecting element.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Left Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V237 , removing and installing

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 271

connecting element.
Removing


Fig. 166: Identifying Connector, Bolts, Connecting Element, Flap, And Control Motor
If necessary, mark connector - C - to Left Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V237 to prevent interchange
with other identical connectors.
Unplug connector - C - from Left Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V237.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 272
Remove bolts - A - (e.g. using Ratchet Wrench T40083 or ring wrench bent to appropriate shape)
(tightening torque 10 Ncm).
motor.
NOTE: Leave connecting element - E - to shaft of flap - F - in position at Heating

and A/C unit.
flaps
Installing


180 °.
and negative.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 273

be installed.
Fig. 168: Identifying Connector, Bolts, Connecting Element, Flap, And Control Motor

Install connecting element - D - of control motor shaft, paying attention to correct mutual positioning of
the two connecting elements - D - and - E -.
NOTE: If necessary, reach into vent and move flap - F - to correct position.
connecting element.
In cases of doubt regarding correct mutual positioning of the two
elements.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 274

Right Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V238 , removing and installing

connecting element.
Removing


FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 275
Fig. 170: Identifying Holder, Connector, And Bolt

Remove holder - D - between Heating and A/C unit and central tube of instrument panel.
If necessary, mark connector - C - to control motor (to prevent interchange with other identical
connectors).
Unplug connector - C - from control motor.
Remove bolt - A - (e.g. using Ratchet Wrench T40083 ) (tightening torque 10 Ncm).
Fig. 171: Identifying Bolts, Control Motor, And Connecting Element


Use screwdriver to carefully pry connecting element - D - off control motor - B -.
NOTE: Leave connecting element - E - to shaft of flap - F - in position at Heating

and A/C unit.
flaps
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 276
Installing


Install connecting element - A - to control motor shaft - B -.

180 °.
connecting element.
and negative.
be installed.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 277
Fig. 173: Identifying Bolts, Control Motor, And Connecting Element

Install control motor - B - , paying attention to correct mutual positioning of the two connecting elements
- D - and - E -.
NOTE: If necessary, reach into vent and move flap - F - to correct position.
In cases of doubt regarding correct mutual positioning of the two
elements.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 , removing and installing
Removing

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 278

EQUIPMENT .

COMPONENTS .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 279
Fig. 176: Identifying Connector And Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150
Mark connector - A - to Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 to prevent interchange with other identical
connectors.
Unplug connector - A - from Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150.
Give Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 - B - approx. 90 ° turn in direction of arrow.
Take Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 - B - out of Heating and A/C unit.
Installing
Fig. 177: Identifying Connector And Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150
Insert Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 - B - in correct position in mount - D - of Heating and A/C
unit.
Check correct positioning of Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 in mount - D -.
NOTE: Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 - B - can only be inserted in one
position in mount - D - ; turn through 180 ° if nec essary.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 280
If Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 does not install firmly in mount - D -
, an O-ring - C - can additionally be installed if necessary.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 , removing and installing
Removing


EQUIPMENT .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 281
Fig. 179: Identifying Connector And Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151
Mark connector - A - to Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 to prevent interchange with other identical
connectors.
Unplug connector - A - from Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151.
Give Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 - B - approx. 90 ° turn in direction of arrow.
Take Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 - B - out of Heating and A/C unit.
Installing
Fig. 180: Identifying Connector And Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151
Insert Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 - B - in correct position in mount - D - of Heating and A/C
unit.
Check correct positioning of Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 in mount - D -.
NOTE: Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 - B - can only be inserted in one
position in mount - D - ; turn through 180 ° if nec essary.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 282
If Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 does not install firmly in mount - D
- , an O-ring - C - can additionally be installed if necessary.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 , removing and installing
malfunction.
display unit for regulation and therefore is not evaluated).
Removing

Remove control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 --> Notes on removing and
installing control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Fig. 181: Identifying Connector And Temperature Sender

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 283
Reach through mounting slot for control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and unplug
connector - A -.
Give vent temperature sender - B - approx. 90 ° turn in direction of arrow.
Pull vent temperature sender - B - out of Heating and A/C unit.
Installing
Fig. 182: Identifying Connector And Temperature Sender

Check seal - C - for damage and correct positioning.

Insert Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 - B - in correct position in mount - D - of Heating and A/C
unit.
Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 , removing and installing
Removing

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 284

EQUIPMENT .
Fig. 184: Identifying Connector And Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263
Mark connector - A - to Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 to prevent interchange with other
identical connectors.
Unplug connector - A - from Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263.
Give Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 - B - approx. 90 ° turn in direction of arrow.
Take Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 - B - out of Heating and A/C unit.
Installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 285
Fig. 185: Identifying Connector And Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263
Check seal - C - for damage and correct positioning.

Insert Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 - B - in correct position in mount - D - of Heating and
A/C unit.
HEATER CORE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING
Heater core, removing and installing

Commercially available compressed-air gun with rubber mouthpiece
Preparation for heater core removal
engine being cold.
Dissipate pressure in coolant circuit by opening cap at coolant expansion
tank Relevant engine, mechanics
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 286

.
cold.
SYSTEM .

Dia. 3094.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 287

core).
Unplug connector - D - (to Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 ).
Unplug connector - E - (to Coolant Pump V50 ).
25mm Dia. 3094.
Disconnect coolant hoses - A - and - B - from connections of pump valve unit.

Remove screw plug from bleeder valve - B -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:48 AM Page 288
Fig. 189: Identifying Hose Section, Coolant Hose, Plug, Vessel, Extension Hose, Bleeder Valve, And
Heater Core
Connect hose section - D - (as extension) to coolant hose - A -.

Seal coolant hose - B - (e.g. with plug - E - ).
Place vessel - C - beneath extension hose - D -.
Use compressed-air gun (with rubber mouthpiece) - F - to carefully blow coolant by way of open
connection for bleeder valve - G - out of "drivers" heater core (into vessel - C - ).
Remove plug - E - from coolant hose - B - and insert it in coolant hose - A -.

Connect hose section - D - (as extension) to coolant hose - B -.
connection for bleeder valve - G - out of "front passengers" heater core (into vessel - C - ).
Remove glove compartment and lower instrument panel trim (on drivers side) --> 68 - INTERIOR
EQUIPMENT .
Depending on vehicle equipment, remove electrical control modules and possibly corresponding holders
impeding heater core removal (e.g. Front Information Display Control Head Control Module J523 and
corresponding holder) --> 91 - COMMUNICATION .
Remove center console side trim on right and left --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 289

On right side, remove holder - A - for glove compartment --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

On left side, remove holder - A - for trim beneath instrument panel --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

COMPONENTS .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 290
Heater core, removing and installing
Removing
Perform preparatory work for heater core removal --> Preparation for heater core removal.
Protect floor covering in area of transmission tunnel on left and right beneath heater core with
impermeable sheeting and absorbent paper.
Fig. 193: Identifying Holders, Coolant Pipe, Heater Core, Bolt, And Clamp
Remove holder - A - for coolant pipe - D - and holder - B - for heater core - C -.
Loosen bolt - G - at clamp - E - for coolant pipe - D -.
Remove clamp - E -.
Place vessel beneath connection for coolant pipe - D - at heater core.
Take coolant pipe - D - out of heater core.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 291
Fig. 194: Identifying Coolant Pipes, Holder, Clamps, And Heater Core
Remove holder - A - for coolant pipes - D - and - E -.

Remove clamps - B - and - C -.
Place vessel beneath connection for coolant pipe - D - at heater core.
Take coolant pipe - E - out of heater core.
Fig. 195: Sliding Heater Core To Right Out Of Heating And A/C Unit
Slide heater core - A - to right out of Heating and A/C unit.
Fig. 196: Identifying Coolant Pipes, And Plastic Clamp

NOTE: On vehicles with a radial seal on coolant pipes - B - to heater core, a

plastic clamp - A - may also be installed instead of a screw clip, open it
e.g. using a screw driver - C -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 292
CAUTION: A plastic clamp - A - is or may be installed only on vehicles with a radial

seal on coolant pipes - B -.
Installing
Fig. 197: Identifying Radial Seal Connections

NOTE: There are different versions of the heater core and the associated coolant
pipes. In model year 2006, the seal between connections on heater core
and coolant pipes was converted as a running change in production from
an axial/radial seal - A - and - B - to a radial seal - D - and - E - , make sure
the version is correct when replacing the heater core Parts Catalog

On vehicles with a radial seal on coolant pipes - B - to heater core, a plastic clamp - A - may also be
installed instead of screw clip Parts Catalog.
CAUTION: A plastic clamp - A - is or may be installed only on vehicles with a radial

seal on coolant pipes - B -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 293
Check the following before installing heater core:
Fig. 199: Identifying Foam Seals Of Heater Core

Foam seals - A - of heater core for damage and proper installation (foam seals must not become removed
on installing heater core)
NOTE: Seal may curl up on insertion if not correctly bonded on.

Cold air may flow past heater core if seal is damaged or not properly
installed.
Always replace sealing rings and clamps Parts List.
Check connections at heater core - B - , - C - and - D - for damage or
contamination.
By way of heater core mounting slot, check Heating and A/C unit for dirt or
residual coolant and clean if necessary.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 294
Fig. 200: Sliding Heater Core To Right Out Of Heating And A/C Unit
Working from right, slide heater core - A - into Heating and A/C unit such that it is flush with housing of
Heating and A/C unit on right and left. When doing so, make sure seal - B - does not curl up or become
damaged.
Install holder - B - for heater core - C -.

Remove bolt - G - from new clamp - E -.
Position new clamp - E - on coolant pipe such that clamp can be fastened as shown.
Moisten sealing ring - F - with small quantity of coolant and install sealing ring on coolant pipe - D -.
Insert coolant pipe - D - in heater core.

Press coolant pipe - D - into heater core and install clamp - E - as shown at joint with heater core.
NOTE: Clamp - E - engages on being pressed together.

Install bolt - G - in clamp and secure clamp by tightening bolt.
Install holder - A - for coolant pipe - D -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 295
Fig. 202: Identifying Coolant Pipes, Holder, Clamps, And Heater Core
Install coolant pipe - E - in heater core as described for coolant pipe on right side.
NOTE: Sealing rings and clamp for coolant pipes - D - and - E - have different
diameters.
Install coolant pipe - D - in heater core in same manner as described for
coolant pipe on right side.
Install holders - A - for coolant pipes.
Check position of sockets in coolant pipe penetrations to plenum
chamber.
NOTE: Bleed cooling circuit before plugging in 2-pin connector to Coolant Pump
V50 of pump valve unit.
Coolant circuit must be bled before starting up Coolant Pump V50 of pump
valve unit.
Dry running of pump in pump valve unit would lead to destruction.
Re-install all components removed in reverse order except plenum
chamber cover, glove compartment and drivers storage compartment.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 296
After bleeding, check cooling system for leaks, paying particular attention
to coolant pipe joints to heater core -->
.


bleeding of heater cores. If air bubbles remain in heater core, complaints
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 297

DIAGRAM OF AIR DISTRIBUTION AND AIR ROUTING IN HEATING AND A/C UNIT AND AIR
INTAKE UNIT
Diagram of air distribution and air routing in Heating and A/C unit and air intake unit
NOTE: Air routing and air distribution in passenger compartment --> Air routing
and air distribution in passenger compartment
Air routing in air intake unit and Heating and A/C unit --> Air routing in air
intake unit and Heating and A/C unit
Component locations of individual components not installed in passenger
compartment --> A/C system control and regulation components in engine
compartment and rear body
Component locations of individual components in passenger
compartment --> A/C system control and regulation components in
passenger compartment
Air inlet and vents of Heating and A/C unit
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 298
Fig. 204: Air Inlet And Vents Of Heating And A/C Unit
1 - Heating and A/C unit
Different versions depending on vehicle model and equipment (control and display unit, Climatronic
Control Module J255 , left or right-hand drive Parts List
Air routing in passenger compartment --> Air routing and air distribution in passenger compartment
2 - To center instrument panel vent (upper body vent)
3 - To vent in rear center console (rear footwell vent)
4 - To right instrument panel vent

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 299
Via air duct in instrument panel to right instrument panel vent (upper body vent)
5 - To indirect ventilation vent
Via air ducts in instrument panel to vent in upper instrument panel trim
Air only emerges via these vents on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255
Flap in Heating and A/C unit is opened if control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 is
set for example to "air to instrument panel upper body vents"
6 - To instrument panel defroster vent
Via air ducts in instrument panel to windshield and vents in left and right front doors
7 - To left instrument panel vent
Via air duct in instrument panel to left instrument panel vent (upper body vent)
8 - To right footwell vents
9 - To left footwell vents
10 - Air inlet from air intake unit
Air routing in air intake unit and Heating and A/C unit
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 300
Fig. 205: Air Routing In Air Intake Unit And Heating And A/C Unit
1 - Plenum chamber (engine compartment)
2 - Passenger compartment
3 - Air intake unit
5 - Section through air intake unit
Sectional view shows air intake unit as if it were cut away at this line
6 - Fresh-air intake from plenum chamber
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 301
In fresh-air mode, air is drawn in beneath plenum chamber cover
7 - Recirculated-air intake behind instrument panel
In recirculated-air mode, air is drawn in via opening in plenum chamber wall beneath instrument panel
8 - Air outlet from air intake unit into Heating and A/C unit
An air duct socket is installed between Heating and A/C unit and opening in plenum chamber wall
9 - Section through Heating and A/C unit
Sectional view shows Heating and A/C unit as if it were cut away at this line
11 - Dust and pollen filter

12 - Evaporator
13 - Cold air duct
This duct routes air past heater core to center instrument panel vent
Not for USA
16 - To vent in rear center console (rear footwell vent)
Also to vents in "B-pillars" (vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 )
17 - Cold air flap
This flap is actuated by Front Cold Air Flap Motor V197
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 302
18 - To center instrument panel vent
19 - Flap for center vent
This flap is actuated by Center Vent Adjustment Motor V102
20 - To left footwell vents
21 - To right instrument panel vent
Via air duct in instrument panel to right instrument panel vent
22 - To instrument panel defroster vent
Via air ducts in instrument panel to windshield and vents in left and right front doors
Air routing and air distribution in passenger compartment
NOTE: Air intake and air routing in Heating and A/C unit --> Air inlet and vents of
Heating and A/C unit
Component locations of individual components in passenger
compartment --> A/C system control and regulation components in
passenger compartment
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 303
Fig. 206: Air Routing And Air Distribution In Passenger Compartment

Different versions (control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 , left or right-hand drive
vehicle Parts List
Air routing in air intake unit and Heating and A/C unit --> Air routing in air intake unit and Heating and
A/C unit
2 - Instrument panel air duct
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 304
To windshield "defrost" vent, to vents in front doors

In addition to indirect ventilation vents on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255
Air duct forms part of instrument panel and cannot be replaced separately --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
Removing and installing instrument panel trim and vents --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
3 - To intermediate piece to vent in left front door
Removing and installing --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
4 - Windshield "defrost" vent
Removing and installing instrument panel trim and vents --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
5 - Indirect ventilation vent
Air only emerges via these vents on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module
J255
Via air ducts in instrument panel to vent in upper instrument panel trim
6 - To intermediate piece to vent in right front door
7 - Intermediate piece to vent in left front door
8 - Intermediate piece to vent in right front door
9 - Left instrument panel vent (upper body vent)
10 - Air duct to left and right instrument panel vents
Removing and installing instrument panel air duct --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM
11 - Right instrument panel vent (upper body vent)
12 - Center instrument panel vent (upper body vent)

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 305
13 - Intermediate piece to instrument panel air ducts
14 - Left front footwell vent
Footwell vent is part of drivers storage compartment
15 - Right front footwell vent
Footwell vent is part of glove compartment/corresponding trim
16 - Intermediate piece to left footwell vents
17 - Intermediate piece to right footwell vents
18 - Left rear footwell vent
Air emerges beneath seat
19 - Air duct to vent in rear center console (rear footwell vent)
On vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 in addition to vents in "B-
pillars"
20 - Right rear footwell vent
Air emerges beneath seat
21 - Vent in center console (rear footwell vent)
22 - Air duct to vent in left "B-pillar"
23 - Air duct to vent in right "B-pillar"
24 - Vent in left "B-pillar"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 306
25 - Vent in right "B-pillar"
AIR CONDITIONER, CHECKING COOLING OUTPUT
Air conditioner, checking cooling output
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 (or Vehicle Diagnosis
Service Syst. VAS 5052 )
Commercially available thermometer (for temperature measurement; if applicable use thermometer with 2
probes for simultaneous measurement of temperature e.g. on right and left)
Test requirements
Ambient temperature above 15 ° C

Radiator and condenser clean (clean if necessary)
Poly V-belt for compressor drive OK and correctly tensioned, pulley actually driving compressor
(vehicles with 4 or 6-cyl. engine) --> Compressor pulley, replacing
Compressor drive unit correctly installed, compressor actually being driven (vehicles with 8-cyl. or 10-
cyl. engine) --> Compressor drive unit, checking/replacing
All air ducts, covers and seals OK and properly installed

Air flow through dust and pollen filter not impeded by contamination --> Dust and pollen filter,
Vehicle not exposed to sunlight
Engine warm
DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 checked and erased, Basic
Setting performed
Coding and adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 checked "Guided
A/5052
All instrument panel vents open
Hood closed
Make the following settings on control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
"Auto" mode
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 307
"LO" temperature setting (for drivers and front passengers side)

Compressor on ( "Econ" function not active)
Check the following functions with engine running:
Operation of Coolant Fan V7 (speed governed by pressure in refrigerant circuit and engine coolant
temperature)
NOTE: Depending on version of control and display unit Climatronic Control

Module J255 , the request occurs at a specific temperature in the
refrigerant circuit or independently of the pressure as soon as the
compressor is switched on.
Operation of Fresh Air Blower V2 at maximum speed
Switching of air conditioner to recirculated air mode (approx. 1 minute
after starting engine, air flow/fresh-air flaps are closed, recirculated-air flap
is opened and air is drawn in by Fresh Air Blower V2 from passenger
compartment beneath instrument panel)
No operation of Coolant Pump V50
Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176
closed (coolant hoses/coolant pipes to heating system heater cores in
Heating and A/C unit cool down)
NOTE: If one of these test requirements is not fulfilled, check DTC memory,
perform Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) and read out measured value
block of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 (paying
particular attention to display groups "001" and "002" ) --> Read
Measuring Value Block and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
Checking
Measure ambient temperature (must be above 15 ° C).

Close doors, hood, windows and sun roof.
Open all instrument panel vents.
Switch on ignition.
Set "Econ" mode on vehicle with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 by way of
MMI terminal (Multi Media Interface) by pressing "Econ" button Owners manual.
Close vents in "B" pillars.
By way of MMI terminal set temperature for adjustable center vent to "warm".
Start engine.
Start air conditioner On Board Diagnostics (OBD) "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 308

In "Read Measuring Value Block" function, select display group "001" --> Read Measuring Value
Block and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
Check display in display zones:
Display zone "2" shows 0% (compressor off).
Display zone "4" indicates that pressure in refrigerant circuit at measured ambient temperature is equal to
or greater than value in table.
Ambient temperature in ° C Pressure display (in bar absolute)

15 4.7
20 5.6
25 6.6
30 7.6
35 8.8
NOTE: At absolute pressure, 0 bar corresponds to an absolute vacuum. Normal

ambient pressure thus corresponds to roughly 1 bar absolute. On the
scales of most pressure gauges, 0 bar corresponds to an absolute
pressure of one bar (can be seen from -1 mark below 0).
Pressure in refrigerant circuit is governed by ambient temperature. Due to
heat emitted by components (e.g. radiator), pressure displayed with warm
engine is slightly higher than that indicated for the relevant ambient
temperature.
If pressure displayed is lower than that given in the table:
Check signal of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 and "Guided Fault
If signal of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 is found to be OK, there
is not enough refrigerant in the circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
If pressure in refrigerant circuit is OK:
Switch on compressor (to do so, select "Auto" mode on control and
Select "Lo" temperature (for drivers and front passengers side) on control
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255.
Set air outflow direction on control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 to "instrument panel vents".
In "Read Measuring Value Block" function, select display group "001" and
Check diagnosis tester display in the various display zones:
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 309
Display zone "2" shows a duty cycle of greater than 30% (actuation of A/C
Compressor Regulator Valve N280 , compressor is switched on).
Display zone "1" shows a current of greater than 0.3 A (current flowing via
A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 , compressor is switched on).
Pressure displayed in zone "4" rises above value when compressor is
switched off.
NOTE: A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is actuated by control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 such that temperature of air
downstream of evaporator reaches specified value (approx. 2 to 5 ° C):
After starting vehicle, value greater than 75 % (0.55A) is displayed
depending on measured temperature, engine speed and electrical system
voltage.
As soon as temperature measured by Evaporator Vent Temperature
Sensor G263 approaches specified value, actuation of A/C Compressor
Regulator Valve N280 is cancelled and compressor output thus reduced.
Connectors to A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 and electric engine
mounting are identical. If connectors are interchanged, no entry is made in
DTC memory, but evaporator may ice up as compressor is constantly
actuated (by Engine Control Module (ECM)).
If display zone "1" shows no or insufficient current, check actuation of A/C
Compressor Regulator Valve N280.
If pressure displayed in zone "4" does not change and actuation of
compressor is OK (display zones "1" and "2" ), check whether compressor
is actually being driven (overload safeguard is installed between
compressor and pulley/drive unit; compressor is not driven if this has
been tripped). If no malfunction is found, there is a problem with the
refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Press "recirculated-air mode" button on control and display unit,
Climatronic Control Module J255 (symbol for "recirculated-air mode" in
button lights).
Set engine speed to 2000 RPM (start of time measurement).
In "Read Measuring Value Block" function, select display group "018" and
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 310
Fig. 207: Identifying Vehicle Data Screen

Compare measured value indicated in display zone "1" (for Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 )
to values in graph.
A - Air temperature measured by Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263
B - Measured ambient temperature
C - Permissible tolerance range
Depending on ambient temperature, air temperature measured at Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263
must be within stated tolerance range after 5 minutes.
NOTE: If required values are not attained, check measured value of Evaporator
Vent Temperature Sensor G263. Compare measured values shown in
display groups "018" , zone "1" and "017" , zones "1" and "2".
If measured value in zone "1" or "2" of display group "017" only differs
slightly from measured value of Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor
G263 in display group "018" , perform "Measures to be taken if readout
does not match specification" --> Measures to be taken if readout does not
match specification.
If measured value of Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 is higher
than that of Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 and Right Vent
Temperature Sensor G151 , check proper installation of Evaporator Vent
Temperature Sensor G263 and perform electrical check for this sender
Operation of air conditioner can be established, for example, from cooling
down of refrigerant pipe on low pressure side (thick pipe).
If measured value of Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 (and thus system cooling output) is OK:
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 311
Compare measured value indicated in zone "1" of display group "018" (for Evaporator Vent Temperature
Sensor G263 ) to measured values of display group "017" , zones "1" and "2" ( Left Vent Temperature
Sensor G150 and Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 ).
NOTE: After 5 minutes, measured values in display group "017" , zones "1" and
"2" ( Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 and Right Vent Temperature
Sensor G151 ) must not be more than 3 ° C higher th an value in zone "1" of
display group "018" (for Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 ).
If required values are not attained, compare measured values indicated in
display group "017" , zones "1" and "2". If measured value is not OK in
one or both display zones "1" or "2" , check actuation and operation of
Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 , Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 and
Coolant Pump V50 --> Measures to be taken in the event of temperature
increase downstream of evaporator and "Guided Fault Finding" function of
A/5052.
If measured value in zone "1" or "2" of display group "017" is lower than
that in zone "1" of display group "018" , check Evaporator Vent
Temperature Sensor G263 , Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 and Right
Vent Temperature Sensor G151 for proper installation and contact
resistance at electrical connections and replace malfunctioning sender if
necessary --> Measures to be taken in the event of temperature increase
downstream of evaporator and "Guided Fault Finding" function of
A/5052.
If no malfunction is found at Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 , Right
Vent Temperature Sensor G151 , Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 , Right
Heat Regulating Valve N176 and Coolant Pump V50 , perform measures to
be taken in the event of temperature increase downstream of evaporator --
> Measures to be taken in the event of temperature increase downstream
of evaporator and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Temperature of air flowing out of "center" instrument panel vents can also
be read off for example in display group "017" , zone "3" or measured
using a commercially available thermometer.
If air flowing out of adjustable center vent (in "Lo" setting or with rotary
temperature control on "cold" stop for drivers and front passengers side
at control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 ) is colder
with "cold" setting on MMI for adjustable center vent than in "warm"
setting, check operation of Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat
Regulating Valve N176 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
If cooling output on one side (e.g. drivers side) is still adequate, but values
are no longer attained on other side (e.g. front passengers side), this is an
indication of insufficient refrigerant in refrigerant circuit (stratification in
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 312
evaporator due to lack of refrigerant).

Problems relating to differences between temperature of air emitted by
vents with identical setting in air conditioner control mode may be due to
the following:
Cold or warm air flaps in air ducts not closing fully or not attaining end
position "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
Air in heater cores (different flow on either side of heater core and uneven
heat distribution)
Detachment of foam seal on heater core installation, allowing air to flow
past heater core
Possible causes of problems which may occur even though cooling output is OK:
Repeated or sporadic failure of air conditioner (no cooling/heat output) after a long journey; air
conditioner functions properly again after a short delay following engine shutoff.
Misting up of windows on inside after a long journey; windows are initially not cleared even by pressing
"Defrost" button; air conditioner functions properly again after a short delay following engine shutoff.
Under certain operating conditions residual moisture in the coolant circuit may lead to the formation of
ice at A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280. Such ice formation impairs compressor control, the
evaporator is cooled excessively and ices up. Icing-up of evaporator may give rise to the following
problems:
Remedy:
Check measured value of Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 by way of "Read Measuring Value
Block" function, display group "018" and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
If sender measured value is too high under usage conditions described by customer (greater than e.g. 10 °
C although air conditioner is functioning properly), check Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263
(incorrect measured value can cause evaporator to ice up).
If sender measured value is too low under usage conditions described by customer (colder than 0 ° C for
lengthy period at ambient temperature above 0 ° C), there is a malfunction in the refrigerant circuit
Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Check refrigerant pipe between evaporator and reservoir (thick pipe, low-pressure side) with engine
running. If this pipe is severely iced up when problem occurs (thin layer of ice is permissible), this also
indicates that evaporator temperature is too low Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Measures to be taken if readout does not match specification
In "Read Measuring Value Block" function, select display group "001" and "Guided Fault Finding"
function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052.
Repeat cooling output test.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 313
During cooling output test, observe display in zones "1" and "4". Actuation of A/C Compressor
Regulator Valve N280 deactivated during cooling output test (drop in control current to below 0.50
A )? ).
? yes ? ? no ?
Check DTC memory, eliminate DTCs
displayed and erase DTC memory "Guided
Increase in pressure in refrigerant circuit
Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
(display zone "4" ) during cooling output test?
?
Read measured value block, display group

"002" (compressor shutoff conditions) and
eliminate cause of deactivation "Guided Fault
? yes ? ? no ?
Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS
5051 A/5052.
Continued: Increase Malfunction in

in pressure in refrigerant circuit
refrigerant circuit ? Refrigerant R134a -
Servicing.
Increase in pressure in refrigerant circuit
Open hood.
Operation of Coolant Fan V7 during cooling output test (speed is governed by coolant temperature
and pressure in refrigerant circuit; determined by Engine Control Module (ECM))?
Depending on version of control and display unit Climatronic Control Module J255 , from a
specific temperature in the refrigerant circuit (approx. 9 bar) or independently of the pressure as
soon as the compressor is switched on.
? yes ? ? no ?
Check actuation of Coolant Fan V7 , e.g. in
Read measured value block, display group "Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)"
"001" (pressure in refrigerant circuit) and function "Guided Fault Finding" function
"022" (actuation of radiator fans) and "Guided of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation diagnosis service system VAS 5051
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS A/5052.
5051 A/5052.
Repair actuation of Coolant Fan V7.
Operation of Coolant Fan V7 at higher speed as
pressure in refrigerant circuit increases (as of Repeat cooling output test.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 314
approx. 16 bar)?
? yes ? ? no ?
Check actuation of Coolant Fan V7 , e.g. in
"Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)" function
"Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
Malfunction in refrigerant circuit system VAS 5051 A/5052.
Refrigerant R134a - Servicing. Repair actuation of Coolant Fan V7 "Guided Fault
Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS
5051 A/5052 (for relevant Engine Control Module
(ECM)).
NOTE: Pressure in refrigerant circuit is governed by various factors. In general,

however, at an ambient temperature of 20 to 25 ° C the pressure should
not exceed 20 bar. Under extreme usage conditions (e.g. in hot countries
with high ambient temperatures, "stop and go traffic" and high relative
humidity), the extremely high cooling output involved may also result in
pressures of up to 31 bar.
At ambient temperatures below 25 ° C the pressure i n the refrigerant
circuit does not usually rise above 16 bar (radiator fan runs and cools
condenser).
Measured value of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 (Read
Measuring Value Block, display group "054" and "Guided Fault Finding"
VAS 5051 A/5052 ) is used by control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 to calculate pressure in refrigerant circuit and this is
indicated in display group "001" , zone "4" and "Guided Fault Finding"
VAS 5051 A/5052.
At absolute pressures of less than approx. 1.8 bar and greater than
approx. 32 bar, control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255
does not switch on compressor ( A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is
not actuated). Compressor is only switched on again once absolute
pressure has risen above 1.8 bar or dropped below 16 bar.
For further information on pressure in refrigerant circuit (Read Measuring
Value Block, display group "001" ), refer to and "Guided Fault Finding"
VAS 5051 A/5052.
To prevent abrupt compressor shutoff on account of excessive pressure
in refrigerant circuit or excessive coolant temperature, compressor output
is reduced by control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 :
As soon as pressure in refrigerant circuit exceeds 30 bar (absolute) (full
compressor output is not released again until pressure has dropped below
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:49 AM Page 315
27 bar)
As soon as coolant temperature exceeds 115 ° C (ful l shutdown at 118 ° C)
If pressure in refrigerant circuit exceeds 32 bar in spite of regulation,
control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 does not switch
compressor back on until pressure has dropped below 29 bar.
Measures to be taken in the event of temperature increase downstream of evaporator
Pinch off coolant hose from heater core of Heating and A/C unit to engine or from engine to pump valve
unit, e.g. using Hose Clamps Up To 25mm Dia. 3094 --> Preparation for heater core removal.
Less than 3 ° C difference between the measured values in zones "1" and "2" of display group
"017" and measured value of Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 (zone "1" of display
group "018" ) ? and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052
? yes ? ? no ?
Check correct installation of sender with measured
Remove hose clamps up to Ø 25 mm
value deviation, as well as checking electrical
VAS 3094 from coolant hose.
connections for contact resistance.
?
?
Check actuation of Left Heat Regulating
Valve N175 , Right Heat Regulating
Valve N176 and Coolant Pump V50 Eliminate cause of incorrect measured value and
"Guided Fault Finding" function of replace malfunctioning sender if necessary "Guided
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation
diagnosis service system VAS 5051 system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS
A/5052. 5051 A/5052.
Continued:
Actuation of Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 , Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 and Coolant Pump
V50 OK?
? yes ? ? no ?
Eliminate cause of
Connect test box V.A.G 1598 A with Adapter V.A.G 1598/11 and malfunction "Guided
Adapter - 16 Terminals V.A.G 1598/12 to wiring harness to control Fault Finding"
and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 "Guided Fault function of Diagnostic
Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis operation
service system VAS 5051 A/5052. system/Vehicle
diagnosis service
? system VAS 5051
A/5052.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 316
Perform electrical checks for Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 , --> Electrical Wiring
Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 and Coolant Pump V50 "Guided Diagrams, Troubleshooting
Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle and Component Locations ?
Repeat cooling output
? test.
Operation of Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 , Right Heat
Regulating Valve N176 and Coolant Pump V50 OK?
? yes ? no
?
Replace control and display

unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255 --> Notes on
?
control and display unit,
Replace pump valve unit -->
Climatronic Control Module
Pump valve unit, removing
J255 and "Guided Fault
and installing.
Finding" function of
Diagnostic operation
system/Vehicle diagnosis ?
service system VAS 5051
A/5052.
?
Repeat cooling output test --> Air conditioner, checking cooling output.
HEAT OUTPUT OF AIR CONDITIONER AND OPERATION OF PUMP VALVE UNIT, CHECKING
Heat output of air conditioner and operation of pump valve unit, checking
NOTE: If coolant circuit is not completely bled after filling, air may accumulate in
heater cores of Heating and A/C unit and thus reduce heat output. In
addition, noise may occur or complaints may be received about
differences in temperature of air from drivers and front passengers vents
despite identical setting.
Remedy:
On control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 set air
conditioner to max. heat output for drivers and front passengers side
( "Hi" temperature setting or both rotary temperature controls on right
stop).
Perform lengthy test drive at high engine speed (at least 10 minutes,
engine speed above 2500 RPM). In doing so, select low gear to prevent
excessive vehicle speed.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 317
In the event of complaints about poor heat output at certain engine

speeds, check incorporation of pump valve unit into coolant circuit. If both
coolant hoses (supply and return) from engine to pump valve unit or
electrical connections in connector to Coolant Pump V50 have been
interchanged, engine coolant pump works in opposition to pump in pump
valve unit and there will be no flow of coolant into the heater core at
certain engine speeds -->
and --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component
Locations
Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052 (or Vehicle Diagnosis
Service Syst. VAS 5052 )
Pump valve unit, checking operation
This test is used to check operation of pump valve unit ( Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat
Regulating Valve N176 as well as Coolant Pump V50 ).
If temperatures determined are below specified value (inadequate heat output):
Check operation of Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 , Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 and Coolant
Pump V50 "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service
If no malfunction is found:
Check for interchange and cross-sectional constriction of coolant hoses (from engine to pump valve unit
or from pump valve unit to heater cores of Heating and A/C unit) -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 318

CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
Check for interchanged electrical contacts of Coolant Pump V50 of pump valve unit (direction of pump
operation) --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Test requirements
Coolant circuit bled in specified manner -->

(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
All air ducts, covers and seals OK and properly installed
Air throughput of dust and pollen filter not impaired by dirt --> Dust and pollen filter, removing and
installing
Engine warm
Vehicle battery ( Battery A ) OK and adequately charged (to prevent Energy Management Control
Module J644 switching off control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 during test)
DTC memory of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 checked and erased, Basic
Setting performed and coding of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 checked
5051 A/5052
Adaptation of control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 checked "Guided Fault
Vehicle not exposed to sunlight
Checking
Close hood.
Close doors, windows and sun roof.
Start engine and leave it running for several minutes at maximum cooling output (compressor on, "Lo"
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 319
temperature setting for drivers and front passengers side or both rotary temperature controls on left stop).
With ignition switched off, connect Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS
5051 A/5052 with Diagnostic Cable - 3 Meter VAS 5051/5A to 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC) in
vehicle and use address word "08" to select air conditioner/heater electronics "Guided Fault Finding"
function of Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service system VAS 5051 A/5052..
Switch on ignition.
Control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 starts up, Coolant Pump V50 is not actuated and
does not run ( Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 are actuated and
closed).
Read out measured value block, display groups "033" and "03". There must not be any deactivation
requests from Energy Management Control Module J644 and "Guided Fault Finding" function of
Read out measured value block, display group "017" and "Guided Fault Finding" function of Diagnostic
Check display in zones "1" and "2".
Specification: Ambient temperature plus max. 15 ° C
On control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 set temperature for left side (drivers side)
to maximum heat output ( "Hi" temperature setting or turn left rotary temperature control to right stop).
Read out display in zone "1" (temperature value increases).
Specification: approx. engine temperature (operation of Coolant Pump V50 , Left Heat Regulating Valve
N175 open)
Read out display in zone "2" (temperature value remains roughly constant).
Temperature increase less than 15 ° C ( Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 closed)
On control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 set temperature for right side (front
passengers side) to maximum heat output ( "Hi" temperature setting or turn right rotary temperature
control to right stop).
Read out display in zone "2" (temperature value increases).
Specification: approx. engine temperature (operation of Coolant Pump V50 , Left Heat Regulating Valve
N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve N176 open)
On control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 set temperature for drivers and front
passengers side to "cold" (no heat output, "Lo" temperature setting or turn both rotary temperature
controls to left stop).
Read out display in zones "1" and "2".
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 320
Specifications: Temperature drops within 5 minutes to ambient temperature (plus max. 15 ° C) (no
operation of Coolant Pump V50 , Left Heat Regulating Valve N175 and Right Heat Regulating Valve
N176 closed)
REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT, SERVICING
Refrigerant circuit, servicing
NOTE: Refrigerant in refrigerant circuit is never to be topped up (drain, evacuate

and refill circuit) Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Compressor is always driven when engine is running; there is no magnetic
clutch. Engine is therefore not to be started unless refrigerant circuit has
been properly assembled. If, for example, refrigerant pipes have not been
connected to compressor, heat generation inside compressor with engine
running may lead to destruction of compressor. Internal heating is caused
by the compressor operating even at almost 0 % delivery rate in
opposition to a fixed resistance (sealed circuit).
To stop the compressor being destroyed when the refrigerant circuit is
empty, it is designed such that delivery is reduced to roughly 0 % and
lubrication is maintained by way of an internal oil circuit with the oil left in
the compressor.
Replacement compressors contain the full quantity of refrigerant oil
required for the refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Different types of refrigerant oil are specified for Zexel, Sanden and Denso
compressors Refrigerant R134a - Servicing and Parts List.
Moisten O-rings slightly with refrigerant oil before installing --> O-rings for
refrigerant circuit.
The specified O-ring diameters and the tightening torques also apply to
bolted joints of refrigerant pipes/hoses between the individual
components.
Only install O-rings approved for refrigerant R134a Refrigerant R134a -
Servicing and Parts List.
Checking cooling output of air conditioner --> Air conditioner, checking
cooling output
Checking pressures in refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing
For all other refrigerant circuit servicing and testing work not described in
this information, refer to REFRIGERANT R134A - SERVICING .
Refrigerant circuit, servicing
HD = High-pressure side
ND = Low-pressure side
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 321
Fig. 208: Refrigerant Circuit, Component Overview

Checking actuation and operation --> A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 , checking cut-in signal
Not to be removed
NOTE: A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is actuated by control and display
unit, Climatronic Control Module J255 and controls pressure on low-
pressure side of refrigerant circuit.
2 - Compressor
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 322
Removing compressor with pulley from holder/re-installing --> Compressor (with pulley), removing
from holder/installing
Removing compressor with drive unit (shaft) from holder/re-installing --> Compressor (vehicles with 8-
cyl. engine), removing and installing
Removing poly V-belt -->

Removing and installing compressor (vehicles with 10-cyl. engine) --> Compressor - vehicles with 10-
NOTE: To protect compressor, engine is only to be started following complete

assembly of refrigerant circuit.
When installing refrigerant pipes and corresponding holder, make sure
there is sufficient distance between belt, holder and pulley.
After installing compressor and before installing belt/screwing in drive
shaft, crank compressor roughly 10 times by hand (to prevent compressor
damage). Any refrigerant oil which may have collected in compression
chamber on removing compressor or after pouring in fresh refrigerant oil
(e.g. after blowing out refrigerant circuit) is forced out of compression
chamber by cranking action.
3 - Pulley/drive unit for compressor

Replacing compressor pulley --> Compressor pulley, replacing
Removing and installing poly V-belt -->
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 323
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
Replacing compressor drive unit --> Compressor drive unit, checking/replacing
NOTE: An overload safeguard is installed between pulley and drive shaft of

compressor to protect belt if compressor becomes jammed or stiff.
If compressor is not operating smoothly, overload safeguard interrupts
power transmission to compressor.
Rubber elements are installed between pulley/drive unit and compressor
drive shaft to cushion any vibration occurring during compressor
operation (damper function in the event of torque fluctuations).
4 - Oil drain plug
Denso compressor is installed with an oil seal which is always to be replaced Parts List
Tightening torque: 30 Nm
Compressor must be removed before screwing out to drain off refrigerant oil. Crank compressor by way
of pulley/drive unit to accelerate drainage of refrigerant oil Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
5 - Pressure relief valve
Not to be removed
6 - Condenser
Removing and re-installing refrigerant pipes --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting from condenser/re-
connecting
Removing and installing condenser --> Condenser, removing and installing
7 - Connection with valve
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 324
Removing and installing --> A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 , removing and installing
Housing color "Grey"
Checking signal (Read Measuring Value Block, display group "001" ) and "Guided Fault Finding"
NOTE: Measured values of A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 can also be

read out by way of "Read Measuring Value Block" function in display
group "054".
with control and display unit, Climatronic Control Module J255. Audi A6 is
square-wave signals) Parts List.
refrigerant in refrigerant circuit. At present this is therefore not evaluated
and used for air conditioner regulation.
High-pressure side
For service station for measuring, draining and filling Refrigerant R134a - Servicing

10 - Cap
With seal
Replace O-ring, version Parts List

Refrigerant circuit must be drained before opening screw connection
12 - Restrictor
O-ring: 7.5 mm / 1.5 mm

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 325
Replace restrictor with O-ring Parts List

Removing and installing --> Restrictor, removing and installing
Moisten O-ring slightly with refrigerant oil before installing restrictor
13 - Refrigerant pipe screw connection at Heating and A/C unit
14 - Refrigerant pipe screw connection (at evaporator)
Unfastening and assembling screw connection --> Evaporator, removing and installing (removing and
installing evaporator)
Tightening torque: Hex socket-head bolt 25 Nm
15 - Evaporator
Removing and installing evaporator --> Evaporator, removing and installing

Replace O-rings, version Parts List
Low-pressure side
For measuring and draining Refrigerant R134a - Servicing

17 - Cap
With seal
18 - Reservoir
Replace O-rings, version Parts List

Moisten O-rings slightly with refrigerant oil before installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 326
Tightening torque: Hex socket-head bolt at block connection: 10 Nm

Removing and installing --> Reservoir, removing and installing
Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at compressor/connecting
NOTE: Compressor is always driven when engine is running; there is no magnetic

clutch. Engine is therefore not to be started unless refrigerant circuit has
been properly assembled. If, for example, refrigerant pipes have not been
connected to compressor, heat generation inside compressor with engine
running may lead to destruction of compressor.
The following illustration shows the compressor for a vehicle with 6-cyl.
gasoline direct injection engine (FSI). Position of compressor varies
slightly with other engines. Tightening torques and further
removing/installing operations are however for the most part identical. On
vehicles with 8-cyl. or 10cyl. engine for example, compressor is driven via
a drive shaft and installation position is 180 ° of fset --> Compressor
(vehicles with 8-cyl. engine), removing and installing. Refrigerant pipes are
however disconnected and connected in the same manner irrespective of
installation position.
Seal open pipes and connections at compressor with suitable caps (to
prevent ingress of dirt and moisture).
Removing
Drain refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.

Depending on engine version, remove compressor from holder if necessary.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 327
Fig. 209: Identifying Bolts And Refrigerant Pipes

Remove bolts - A -.
Disconnect refrigerant pipes - B - and - C -.
Installing
Fig. 210: Identifying Bolts And Refrigerant Pipes

Replace O-rings - D - and - E - , version Parts List.

Check guide ring - F - at connections of both refrigerant pipes - B - and - C - for damage.
Insert appropriate O-ring ( - D - and - E - ) in groove - G - at connections of both refrigerant pipes - B -
and - C -.
NOTE: Use is not to be made of O-rings from caps of replacement compressor

connections.
Moisten O-rings with small quantity of refrigerant oil before installing.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 328
Following connection of refrigerant pipes to compressor (and installation

of compressor) check routing of pipes. They must be inserted in holders
provided and not make contact with other components.
Insert both refrigerant pipes - B - and - C - in corresponding compressor
connections.
Tighten bolts - A - to 25 Nm.
Evacuate and refill refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Compressor (vehicles with 4 or 6-cyl. engine), removing and installing
NOTE: On account of possible interchange with connector to electric engine

mounting, mark connector to A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280
(interchanging connectors does not result in entry in DTC memory, but
evaporator could ice up as compressor is constantly actuated).
Removing

Disconnect refrigerant pipes from compressor --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at
compressor/connecting.
Remove compressor from holder --> Compressor (with pulley), removing from holder/installing.
NOTE: Seal open pipes and connections at condenser with suitable caps (to
Installing
Before installing compressor Refrigerant R134a - Servicing
Install compressor to holder --> Compressor (with pulley), removing from holder/installing.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 329
NOTE: Tightening torques for bolts between compressor and holder -->
The compressor removed contains an indeterminate amount of refrigerant
oil. Attention is therefore to be paid to notes on compressor replacement
Assemble refrigerant circuit before starting engine.
Only start engine with refrigerant circuit full if at all possible.
Replace O-rings at opened connections, version Parts List.
Connect refrigerant pipes to compressor --> Refrigerant pipes,
disconnecting at compressor/connecting.
Before installing poly V-belt, crank compressor 10 times by hand following
installation (to prevent compressor damage on initial activation).
NOTE: Any refrigerant oil which may have collected in compression chamber on
removing compressor or after pouring in fresh refrigerant oil (e.g. after
blowing out refrigerant circuit) is forced out of compression chamber by
cranking action.
Evacuate and fill refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
NOTE: Different compressors depending on country version and engine Parts

List
Compressor is always driven by pulley (there is no magnetic clutch).
Compressor is equipped with an "internal oil circuit" to prevent damage if
refrigerant circuit is empty. This internal lubrication is only possible if
there is still a residual quantity of refrigerant oil in the compressor.
However, as there is no refrigerant available, the refrigerant oil required for
compressor lubrication is not conveyed.
Engine is not to be started unless refrigerant circuit has been properly
assembled. If, for example, refrigerant pipes have not been connected to
compressor, heat generation inside compressor with engine running may
lead to destruction of compressor.
A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is not actuated if refrigerant circuit
is empty and compressor runs at idle with engine.
Pay attention to the following if engine has to be started when refrigerant
circuit is empty:
Refrigerant circuit must be fully assembled.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 330
Compressor must contain at least a quarter of the amount of refrigerant oil

specified for this refrigerant circuit.
Engine should not be left running for longer than is absolutely necessary.
Engine speed must not exceed 2500 RPM.
Pay attention to the following on starting engine for the first time after
charging refrigerant circuit:
Start engine with compressor switched off ( "Econ" mode) and wait for
idling speed to stabilize.
Open instrument panel vents.
On Climatronic Control Module J255 , set "Lo" temperature for drivers and
front passengers side.
Then switch on compressor ( "Auto" mode selected and "Econ"
deactivated) and allow it to run for at least 5 minutes with engine idling.
Compressor with drive unit, removing from holder
Fig. 211: Removing/Installing Boot & Pulling Drive Shaft Out/In Of Splines Of Drive Pinion
NOTE: Compressor is driven via a gear wheel and drive shaft - B -.

Removing compressor holder from engine/installing -->
13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 3.2 V6 4V
ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BKH
13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 4.2 LITER V8 4V
ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BAT, BNK
ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BVJ
FUEL INJECTION AND IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAT, BNK
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 331
13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 5.2 LITER 10-

CYL. 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
On vehicles with 8-cyl. or 10-cyl. engine, removing compressor involves
draining refrigerant circuit and then removing both refrigerant pipes from
compressor --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at
compressor/connecting and Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Removing

Remove front bumper.
Unfasten front end module and pull it forwards as far as possible.
Unscrew guide tube for dipstick at cylinder head and lift it off -->
10 - ENGINE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING for 3.2 V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
ENGINE CODE(S): BKH
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE
(S): BAT, BNK
(S): BVJ
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL INJECTION AND IGNITION,
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL ENGINE
CODE(S): BXA
.
Remove left engine support -->

10 - ENGINE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING for 3.2 V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
ENGINE CODE(S): BKH
(S): BAT, BNK
(S): BVJ
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL INJECTION AND IGNITION,
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL ENGINE
CODE(S): BXA
.
Disconnect both refrigerant pipes from compressor --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at
compressor/connecting.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 332
Fig. 212: Using Open-Ended Wrench To Hold Compressor Drive Shaft In Position And Turning
Compressor Drive Unit
Use open-ended wrench to hold compressor drive shaft - A - in position and turn compressor drive unit -
B - in direction of arrow - C -.
NOTE: Drive shaft - A - is not to be turned.

After unfastening screw connection, drive shaft - A - can be pushed
through socket - E - into drive gear.
Mark 2pin connector to A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 (to avoid
interchange with connector to engine mounting).
Unplug 2-pin connector to A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280
(connected to front of engine above compressor).
Fig. 213: Identifying Bolts & Bushings

Screw out bolts - D - (tightening torque 25 Nm).

Remove compressor to front.
If necessary, remove sockets - F - from compressor.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 333
Installing
Before installing compressor Refrigerant R134a - Servicing
NOTE: Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model
type Parts Catalog
The compressor removed contains an indeterminate amount of refrigerant
oil. Attention is therefore to be paid to notes on compressor replacement
Install compressor drive shaft - A - (in drive gear) and check both proper installation and corresponding
socket - E - --> Compressor drive shaft, unfastening and tightening.
Fig. 215: Identifying Bushings & Contact Surfaces

If necessary, remove bushings - C - from compressor holder.

Thoroughly clean contact surfaces - A - and - B - at holder (as well as contact surfaces at compressor).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 334
Install bushings - C - in compressor holder.
NOTE: Pay attention to correct positioning of bushings - C - as well as clean

contact surfaces. Incorrectly installed bushings or dirty/damaged contact
surfaces could lead to misalignment between compressor and engine. In
the course of operation, misalignment results in drive shaft or compressor
damage.
Check connections of compressor and refrigerant pipes for damage or dirt
--> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at compressor/connecting.

Install compressor with bolts - D - (and washers - E - ) to holder (tightening torque 25 Nm).
Connect refrigerant pipes to compressor --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at
compressor/connecting (tightening torque of bolts - A - 25 Nm). For dimensions of O-rings - B - and - C
- and further information, refer to --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at compressor/connecting and
Parts List.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 335
After installing compressor and before screwing in drive shaft, crank compressor 10 times by hand in
direction of arrow - C - by way of compressor drive unit - B - (to prevent compressor damage on initial
activation).
NOTE: Any refrigerant oil which may have collected in compression chamber on
removing compressor or after pouring in fresh refrigerant oil (e.g. after
blowing out refrigerant circuit) is forced out of compression chamber by
cranking action.
Tighten drive shaft. Use open-ended wrench to hold compressor drive
shaft - A - in position and turn compressor drive unit - B - in direction of
arrow - D - (tightening torque 60 Nm).

After installing drive shaft - A - , check installation position of socket - E -.
Socket - E - is secured against slipping off by a clamp on power steering
pump (introduction of clamp as a running change in production in model
year 2006, install clamp as a retrofit if necessary) Parts Catalog.
Re-install remaining components removed.
Evacuate and fill refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Observe notes on start-up of air conditioner after installing compressor.
Compressor - vehicles with 10-cylinder engine (Audi S6), removing and installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 336
NOTE: Compressor is driven via a toothed gear and a drive shaft - B -.

Removing compressor bracket from engine and installing -->
13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 3.2 V6 4V
ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BKH
ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BAT, BNK
ENGINE MECHANICAL, ENGINE CODE(S): BVJ
FUEL INJECTION AND IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAT, BNK
13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 5.2 LITER 10-
CYL. 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
To remove the compressor on vehicles with an 10-cyl. engine, refrigerant
circuit must be discharged and then both refrigerant lines must be
disconnected from compressor --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at
compressor/connecting and Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Engine Support Bridge 10-222A

Old oil collecting and extracting device V.A.G 1782
Hose Clip Pliers VAG1921
Spring Type Clip Pliers VAS5024a VAS5024A
Engine Support Supplement Set T40093
Removing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 337
Discharge refrigerant circuit --> 87 - AIR CONDITIONING .

Drain engine coolant -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
Fig. 220: Removing Rear Engine Cover

Pull off engine cover at front - 1 - and rear - 2 - - arrows -.

Remove left air filter housing -->
24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION for 3.2 LITER V6 4V GENERIC SCAN TOOL,
ENGINE CODE(S): BKH
24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 4V FUEL INJECTION AND
IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BVJ
24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL INJECTION AND
24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 5V GENERIC SCAN TOOL,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 338
ENGINE CODE(S): BNK

24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
Extract power-steering hydraulic oil from reservoir using old oil collecting and extracting device V.A.G
1782 --> 48 - STEERING .
Fig. 221: Removing Bolts And Pulling Off Oil Dipstick Guide Tube Upward
Remove bolts - 2 - and - 3 -.

Pull off oil dipstick guide tube upward - arrow -.
NOTE: Disregard - item 1 - and - item 4 -.
Fig. 222: Identifying Bolt For Left Engine Mount

Remove bolt - arrow - for left engine mount.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 339
Fig. 223: Removing Rubber Seal And Plenum Chamber Cover

Pull off rubber seal - 1 - and remove plenum chamber cover - 2 -.
Fig. 224: Securing Engine Support Bridge 10-222 A With Supports T40093/1 And T40093/2 To
Suspension Strut Domes
Secure Engine Support Bridge 10-222 A with supports T40093/1 and T40093/2 to suspension strut
domes.
The supports are marked for the left and right vehicle sides.
Secure spindles of Engine Support Bridge 10-222 A to rear engine lifting eyelets.
Pre-tension engine using spindles on engine support bridge.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 340
Fig. 225: Identifying Bolt And Nut Removal Sequence

Uniformly unscrew left and right bolts and nuts - 1 to 5 -.

Remove anti-roll bar with transverse beam --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .
Fig. 226: Identifying Electrical Harness Connector And Bolts

Disconnect electrical harness connector - 1 -. (Mark the connector to prevent the risk of interchange)
Remove bolts - 2, 3, 4 - and remove left engine console with engine mount.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:50 AM Page 341
Fig. 227: Disconnecting Coolant Hose From Lower Left Of Radiator

Disconnect coolant hose - arrow - at bottom left from radiator.
Fig. 228: Disconnecting Electrical Connector On Map Controlled Engine Cooling Thermostat F265
Disconnect electrical harness connector - arrow - at Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (on
Radiator) G83.
Fig. 229: Identifying Coolant Hose, Bolts & Coolant Thermostat Housing
Disconnect bottom coolant hose - 2 - from coolant regulator housing.

Remove bolts - arrows -.
Remove coolant regulator housing and disconnect top coolant hose - 1 - from coolant regulator housing.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 342
Fig. 230: Removing Bolts & Right Refrigerant Line From A/C Compressor
NOTE: Do not bend, kink or stretch lines or hoses as refrigerant lines and
refrigerant hoses may be damaged.
Remove bolts - 1 - and - 2 -.
Disconnect refrigerant lines from A/C compressor.
NOTE: Seal all open lines and connections on A/C compressor with suitable caps
(preventing dirt and moisture from entering the system).
Fig. 231: Removing Coolant Hose And Bringing Coolant Pipe Upward
Remove coolant hose - arrows - and bring the coolant pipe upward.
NOTE: Place a rag under separating point to catch escaping hydraulic fluid.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 343
Fig. 232: Disconnecting Hydraulic Hose From Line At Left Longitudinal Member
Disconnect hydraulic hose - arrow - from line at left longitudinal member.
Fig. 233: Identifying Bolts For Left Engine Support

Remove bolts - arrows - and remove left engine support.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 344
Hold compressor drive shaft - A - in place using an open-end wrench and turn compressor drive unit - B -
in - direction of arrow C -.
NOTE: Compressor drive shaft - A - must not be turned.

Compressor drive shaft - A - can be slid into drive wheel through the boot -
E - after loosening threaded connection.
Fig. 235: Identifying Electrical Harness Connector And Bolts

Disconnect electrical harness connector - 1 - to A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 (mark the
connector to prevent risk of interchange with connector to engine mount).
Remove bolts - arrows -.
Remove A/C compressor.
Installing
Install in reverse order, noting the following:
NOTE: Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model
type Parts Catalog
An unknown quantity of refrigerant oil remains in a removed compressor,
therefore observe notes for replacing the compressor. Refrigerant R134a -
Servicing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 345
Install compressor drive shaft - A - (into drive wheel of engine) and check seating as well as the
associated boot - E - --> Compressor drive shaft, unfastening and tightening.

Thoroughly clean contact surfaces on bracket (and contact surfaces on compressor), to do so, remove
bushings - F - from compressor bracket or compressor if necessary.
Check connections of compressor and of refrigerant lines for damage or soiling --> Refrigerant pipes,
disconnecting at compressor/connecting.
Ensure that bushings - F - are inserted in A/C compressor or in bracket.
NOTE: Ensure that bushings - F - have proper seating and contact surfaces are
clean. Incorrectly installed bushings, soiled or damaged contact surfaces
can lead to misalignment between compressor and engine. Misalignment
leads to damage at drive shaft or at compressor over running time.
Install compressor on to bracket with bolts - D - and washers - E -
(tightening torque 25 Nm).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 346
Replace sealing rings - B - and - C - --> O-rings for refrigerant circuit.

Connect refrigerant lines to compressor --> Refrigerant pipes,
disconnecting at compressor/connecting (tightening torque of bolts - A -
25 Nm), dimensions of O-ring seals - B - and - C - as well as additional
information --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting at
compressor/connecting and Parts Catalog.
Before threading in the drive shaft, rotate compressor 10 rotations by hand via the compressor drive unit -
B - in direction of arrow - C - after installing (to prevent damage to compressor when first switching on).
NOTE: By rotating, refrigerant oil which has accumulated in the compressor

compression chamber in the removed compressor or after adding fresh
refrigerant oil (e.g. after blowing through the refrigerant circuit) is forced
out of the compression chamber.
Tighten drive shaft, hold compressor drive shaft - A - in place using open-
end wrench and turn compressor drive unit - B - in direction of arrow - D -
(tightening torque 60 Nm).
NOTE: Drive shaft - A - must not be turned.

After installing drive shaft - A - , check installation position of boot - E -.
Boot - E - is secured against slipping by a clamp on power steering pump
flange Parts Catalog.
Install engine supports -->
10 - ENGINE, REMOVING AND INSTALLING for 3.2 V6 4V ENGINE
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 347
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL,

ENGINE CODE(S): BVJ
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL INJECTION AND
10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V ENGINE
.
Install coolant regulator housing -->
.
Install engine mount console --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .
Install anti-roll bar --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .
Install left air filter housing -->
24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION for 3.2 LITER V6 4V GENERIC
SCAN TOOL, ENGINE CODE(S): BKH
24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 4V FUEL
INJECTION AND IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BVJ
24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 5V FUEL
24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 5V GENERIC
SCAN TOOL, ENGINE CODE(S): BNK
24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 5.2 LITER 10-CYL. 4V
FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
.
Add hydraulic oil to power steering fluid reservoir --> 48 - STEERING .
Fill with coolant -->
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 348

.
Reinstall all removed components.
Evacuate and recharge refrigerant circuit. Refrigerant R134a - Servicing
Check DTC memory of control and display unit Climatronic Control
Module J255 and erase malfunctions displayed if necessary. Vehicle
Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051 in "Guided Fault
Finding" function.
Pay attention to notes concerning first operation of A/C system after
installing compressor.
Compressor drive unit, checking/replacing
NOTE: If drive plate overload safeguard has been tripped, check freedom of
movement of compressor before replacing drive unit. Replace entire
compressor if it is stiff.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 349
Fig. 239: Compressor Drive Unit, Checking, Replacing Overview

1 - Compressor drive shaft
Check; after tightening screw connection, drive shaft must engage snugly in splines of drive gear -->
Compressor drive shaft, removing and installing
Loosening and tightening --> Compressor drive shaft, unfastening and tightening
Removing and installing --> Compressor drive shaft, removing and installing
Lubricate drive gear splines with special grease G 000 100 Parts List
2 - Hex socket-head bolt
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 350
3 - Drive plate
With overload safeguard, tripped in the event of excessive torque (e.g. stiff compressor) and drive shaft
just free-wheels without driving compressor
Checking concentricity and adjusting --> Concentricity of drive plate with overload safeguard,
checking/adjusting
Removing/installing --> Drive plate with overload safeguard, removing/installing
4 - Drive plate
Screwed to compressor drive shaft

With overload safeguard, tripped in the event of excessive torque (e.g. stiff compressor) and drive shaft
just free-wheels without driving compressor
Removing/installing --> Drive plate from compressor, unscrewing/screwing on
5 - Rubber element
Isolates drive unit, damps vibration and noise

On installation, moisten rubber elements slightly with soap solution for example to provide lubrication
Removing/installing --> Drive plate from compressor, unscrewing/screwing on
6 - Spacer
Genuine spacer must be installed

Dimensions: 17.5 x 10 x 3 mm
7 - Circlip
Replace
Ensure correct positioning (flat side facing compressor)
Removing and installing --> Drive plate with rolling bearing, removing and installing
8 - Drive plate
With rolling bearing

Removing/installing --> Drive plate with rolling bearing, removing and installing
Clean flange of compressor before installing drive plate
9 - Compressor
Different models may be installed depending on engine and country version Parts List.
Compressor drive shaft, unfastening and tightening

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 351
NOTE: Extensive preparation is required before compressor drive shaft can be

unfastened (removing and installing compressor on vehicles with 8 cyl.-
engine), --> Compressor - vehicles with 10-cylinder engine (Audi S6),
removing and installing. (removing and installing compressor on vehicles
with 10 cyl.- engine).
Drive shaft can also be checked and tightened without opening refrigerant
circuit.
Drive shaft, unfastening
Remove components hindering access to drive shaft (removing and installing compressor on vehicles
with 8 cyl.-engine), --> Compressor - vehicles with 10-cylinder engine (Audi S6), removing and
installing. (removing and installing compressor on vehicles with 10 cyl.- engine).
B - in direction of arrow - C -.

After unfastening screw connection, drive shaft - A - can be pushed
through socket - E - into drive gear.
After installing drive shaft - A - , check installation position of socket - E -.
Drive shaft, tightening
B - in direction of arrow - D - (tightening torque 60 Nm).
After tightening compressor drive shaft, check installation position of socket - E -.
Compressor drive shaft, removing and installing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 352
Removing
Remove compressor (vehicles with 8-cyl. engine), --> Compressor - vehicles with 10-cylinder engine
(Audi S6), removing and installing (vehicles with 10-cyl. engine).
Remove socket - A -.
Pull drive shaft - B - out of splines of drive gear - C -.
Installing
Check drive shaft - B -. Splines must not exhibit signs of wear and must engage snugly in splines of drive
gear - C -.
Before installing, coat splines of drive shaft - B - with special grease G 000 100.
Before installing compressor, insert drive shaft - B - and slide it home in drive gear - C -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 353
After installing compressor, check installation position of socket - A -.
Socket - A - is secured against slipping off by a clamp on power steering pump (introduction of clamp as
running change in production in model year 2006, install clamp as a retrofit if necessary) Parts Catalog.
Drive plate with overload safeguard, removing/installing
Remove compressor (vehicles with 8-cyl. engine), --> Compressor - vehicles with 10-cylinder engine
(Audi S6), removing and installing (vehicles with 10-cyl. engine).
Removing
Fig. 243: Removing Bolts & Using Commercially Available Band Wrench (With Webbed Band) To
Provide Support At Drive Plate
Remove bolts - A -.
NOTE: Use commercially available strap wrench (with fabric strap) to provide
support at drive plate - C -.
Installing
Install drive plate with overload safeguard - B - to drive plate - C -.

Insert and hand-tighten bolts - A -.
Check concentricity of drive plate - B - --> Concentricity of drive plate with overload safeguard,
checking/adjusting.
Finish-tighten bolts - A - (tightening torque 10 Nm).
Check concentricity of drive plate - B - again --> Concentricity of drive plate with overload safeguard,
checking/adjusting.
Concentricity of drive plate with overload safeguard, checking/adjusting
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 354
Remove compressor.
Fig. 244: Run-Out Of Drive Plate With Overload Protection, Checking/Adjusting

Clean flange at drive plate - A -.

Attach dial gauge - B - with dial gauge holder - C - (e.g. Dial Gauge Holder VW387 ) to compressor.
Attach probe of dial gauge - D - to flange of drive plate - A - with a pre-tension of approx. 1.0 mm.
Give compressor drive unit - E - several turns.
Specification: Eccentricity less than 0.21 mm (dial gauge deflection, difference between lowest and highest
measured value max. 0.2 mm)
If eccentricity exceeds 0.2 mm, loosen bolts at drive plate --> Drive plate with overload safeguard,
removing/installing and re-adjust drive plate.
Drive plate from compressor, unscrewing/screwing on
Remove drive plate with overload safeguard --> Drive plate with overload safeguard,
removing/installing.
Unscrewing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 355
Fig. 245: Loosening Drive Plate & Providing Support For Compressor Shaft By Applying Counterhold
To Compressor Shaft
Unfasten drive plate - C - by turning it with a commercially available strap wrench (with fabric strap) in
direction of arrow - D -. Provide support for compressor shaft - A - by applying counterhold - B - to
compressor shaft - A -.
NOTE: Depending on compressor design (compressor shaft differs), use must be

made to provide support of a ring wrench, or e.g. socket wrench T10001/10
from Shock Absorber Set T10001 or Counter Holder 3079.
Screwing on
Fig. 246: Identifying Rubber Elements & Drive Plates

On installation, moisten rubber elements - B - slightly with soap solution for example to provide
lubrication.
Insert rubber elements - B - in drive plate - A - as shown.
Insert drive plate - A - with rubber elements - B - in drive plate - C - as shown until it makes contact with
compressor shaft.
NOTE: Fig. shows rubber elements - B - of type "1". Rubber elements - B - of type
"2" are connected at top.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 356
Fig. 247: Loosening Drive Plate & Providing Support For Compressor Shaft By Applying Counterhold
To Compressor Shaft
Screw drive plate - C - onto compressor shaft - A - by turning it in direction of arrow - E -.

Tighten drive plate - C - (30 Nm) by turning it with a commercially available strap wrench (with fabric
strap) in direction of arrow - E -. Provide support for compressor shaft - A - by applying counterhold - B -
to compressor shaft - A -.
NOTE: Depending on compressor design (compressor shaft differs), use must be

made to provide support of a ring wrench, or e.g. socket wrench T10001/10
from Shock Absorber Set T10001 or Counter Holder 3079.
Drive plate with rolling bearing, removing and installing
Remove drive plate from compressor shaft --> Drive plate from compressor, unscrewing/screwing on.
Fig. 248: Identifying Securing Ring, Drive Plate & Bevelled Side
Remove circlip - A -.
Remove drive plate - B -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 357
NOTE: Replace circlip - A -.

Clean compressor flange before installing drive plate.
On installing circlip - A - , take care not to bend it open more than
necessary.
Ensure correct insertion of circlip - A -. Bevelled side - C - faces away from
compressor (flat side faces compressor).
Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting from condenser/re-connecting
NOTE: There are different condenser versions depending on vehicle model Parts
List.
Disconnecting

Depending on vehicle model, remove mount for bumper cover - A - and air duct - C - if necessary --> 63
- BUMPERS .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 358
Fig. 250: Screwing Out Bolts And Disconnecting Refrigerant Pipes From Condenser
Screw out bolts - A - (tightening torque 10 Nm).

Disconnect refrigerant pipes - B - and - C - from condenser.
Installing
Fig. 251: Screwing Out Bolts And Disconnecting Refrigerant Pipes From Condenser

Check guide ring - H - at connections of both refrigerant pipes - B - and - C - for damage.
Insert appropriate O-ring ( - D - and - E - ) in groove - J - at connections of both refrigerant pipes - B -
and - C -.
NOTE:
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 359

Following connection, check routing of refrigerant pipes. They must be
inserted in holders provided and not make contact with other components.
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Condenser, removing and installing
List.
The condenser removed contains refrigerant oil which has to be returned
to the refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Removing
Remove bumper cover and mount for bumper cover - A - --> 63 - BUMPERS .
Remove the two air ducts - B - and - C -.
If necessary, remove power steering oil cooler - D - from front end module (not required with all models)
--> 48 - STEERING .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 360
Fig. 253: Unplugging Connector From A/C Pressure/Temperature Sensor G395

Unplug connector - A - from A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 - B -.

Disconnect refrigerant pipes from condenser --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting from condenser/re-
connecting.
If condenser is to be replaced, remove A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 - B - --> A/C
Pressure/temperature Sensor G395 , removing and installing.
Screw out bolts - C - (tightening torque 5 Nm).
Remove condenser - D -.
Installing
List.
The condenser removed contains refrigerant oil which has to be returned
to the refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Connect condenser refrigerant pipes --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting from condenser/re-
connecting.
Evacuate refrigerant circuit after assembly and refill Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Restrictor, removing and installing
NOTE: This vehicle is only to be installed with a red colored restrictor (depending
on manufacturer, color may also tend towards orange) Parts List and
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 361
Differently colored replacement restrictors are available ( "yellow"

restrictor, diameter of bore/constriction 1.54 mm; "red" restrictor, diameter
of bore/constriction 1.42 mm). Attention is therefore to be paid to
assignment (different refrigerant circuit matching).
There are different types of refrigerant pipe between evaporator and
compressor/reservoir depending on vehicle model Parts List.
Removing
Fig. 254: Disconnecting Refrigerant Pipe At Screw Connection (Seal Open Connections) And Pulling
Restrictor Out Of Refrigerant Pipe
Disconnect refrigerant pipe at screw connection - A - (seal open connections).

Use pointed-nose pliers to pull restrictor - B - out of refrigerant pipe.
Installing
NOTE: Only install restrictors of same type. Restrictors of different color have
different bore diameters Parts List.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 362
Fig. 255: Disconnecting Refrigerant Pipe At Screw Connection (Seal Open Connections) And Pulling
Restrictor Out Of Refrigerant Pipe
Check correct positioning of O-ring - C - (7.5 mm; 1.5 mm) in groove.

Before installing, moisten O-ring (of restrictor and at screw connection) with a small quantity of
refrigerant oil.
Ensure correct positioning of restrictor - B - on installation (arrow on restrictor pointing towards
evaporator).
Check positioning of restrictor (snug fit in refrigerant pipe).
Replace O-ring - D - , version Parts List.

Install refrigerant pipes such that they are not strained.
Tighten screw connection - A - to 15 Nm.
NOTE: Check position of refrigerant pipes after tightening screw connection

(pipes must not make contact with other components).
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Refrigerant pipes, removing and installing from condenser and reservoir to Heating and A/C unit
Refrigerant pipe - A - , removing (from screw connection in refrigerant pipe to connection at Heating and A/C unit)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 363
Fig. 256: Identifying Socket, And Refrigerant Pipes


Remove air intake unit --> Air intake unit, removing and installing.
Disconnect refrigerant pipes from connection to Heating and A/C unit --> Refrigerant pipes,
disconnecting from Heating and A/C unit/connecting.
Open screw connection in refrigerant pipe (between - A - and - B - ) --> Restrictor, removing and
installing (removing and installing restrictor).
Disconnect refrigerant pipe - A - from socket - D - and remove refrigerant pipe.
Refrigerant pipe - B - , removing (from connection at condenser to screw connection in refrigerant pipe)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 364


Disconnect refrigerant pipe - B - from connection at condenser --> Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting
from condenser/re-connecting.
Remove refrigerant pipe - B -.
Refrigerant pipe - C - , removing (from connection at reservoir to connection at Heating and A/C unit)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 365


Remove air intake unit --> Air intake unit, removing and installing or brake master cylinder and brake
servo --> 47 - BRAKES - HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS .
Disconnect refrigerant pipes from connection to Heating and A/C unit --> Refrigerant pipes,
Remove both brake pipes from brake master cylinder to hydraulic unit --> 47 - BRAKES -
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS .
Disconnect refrigerant pipe - C - from connection at reservoir --> Reservoir, removing and installing.
Remove socket - D - from plenum chamber front wall.
Jointly remove refrigerant pipes - A - and - C -.

Separate refrigerant pipes - A - and - C -.
Refrigerant pipes from condenser and reservoir to Heating and A/C unit, installing

Following connection, check routing of refrigerant pipes. They must be inserted in holders provided and
not make contact with other components.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:51 AM Page 366

Reservoir, removing and installing
NOTE: There are different reservoir versions depending on vehicle model Parts
List.
Fig. 259: Identifying Bolts, Nuts, Refrigerant Pipe Holder, And Reservoir
Up to 09.04, reservoir brackets were installed which have transferred noise from A/C system operation to
the body under certain conditions of operation (howling noises from engine compartment due to
vibrations of the bracket during A/C system operation). As of 09.04, production switched over gradually
to an optimized bracket - G - Parts Catalog.
If an optimized bracket - G - is installed in vehicles which were produced up to 09.04, double bolt which
secures nut - B - must be removed if necessary and installed again turned around 180 ° (longer side must
face bracket), it may also be necessary that a longer version must be used for bolts - A -.
Removing

If necessary, remove charge air cooler and / or left headlamp --> 94 - LIGHTS, SWITCHES -
EXTERIOR , depending on vehicle.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 367
Fig. 260: Screwing Out Bolts And Disconnecting Refrigerant Pipes

Screw out bolts - A - and disconnect refrigerant pipes - B - and - C -.
Remove bolts - A - and nut - B -.

Remove refrigerant pipe holder - F - from holder - G -.
Remove reservoir - E - with holder - G -.
Loosen bolts - D - and remove reservoir - E - from holder - G -.
NOTE: Seal open pipe connections.

Connection of refrigerant pipes differs depending on engine version Parts
List.
Keep reservoir closed as long as possible. Only remove caps immediately
prior to installation (reservoir contains a desiccant bag which soon
becomes saturated with moisture and hence unusable after opening
reservoir).
The reservoir removed contains refrigerant oil which has to be returned to
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 368
the refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Installing
Before installing reservoir Refrigerant R134a - Servicing

The removed reservoir contains refrigerant oil which has to be returned to the refrigerant circuit (with
new reservoir). Adjustment of oil quantity depends on nature of complaint:
If, for example, reservoir has been damaged in an accident (no loss of refrigerant, no ingress of moisture
and dirt into refrigerant circuit), air conditioner can be serviced by weighing old and new reservoir
without the need for extensive repair work. Pour refrigerant oil into new reservoir until it weighs the same
as the reservoir removed Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
If an indeterminate amount of refrigerant oil has escaped or dirt and moisture have entered refrigerant
circuit, it must be cleaned using compressed air and nitrogen Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
NOTE: Connections at reservoir may be marked "IN" (from evaporator) and

"Out" (to compressor).
Insert reservoir - E - in holder - G - , paying attention to locking and locating element - I -.

Tighten bolts - D -.
Install washer - C - to pin - H -.
Install reservoir - E - with holder - G -.
Install bolts - A - and nut - B - (tightening torque 10 Nm).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 369
Fig. 263: Screwing Out Bolts And Disconnecting Refrigerant Pipes


Check guide ring - H - at connections of both refrigerant pipes - B - and - C - for damage.
Insert appropriate O-ring ( - D - and - E - ) in groove - J - at connections of both refrigerant pipes - B -
and - C -.
NOTE: Moisten O-rings with small quantity of refrigerant oil before installing.
Install refrigerant pipes - B - and - C -.
Install bolts - A - (tightening torque 10 Nm).
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Refrigerant pipes, disconnecting from Heating and A/C unit/connecting
Disconnecting

cold.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 370
Remove wiper arms, scuttle panel trim and wiper assembly --> 92 - WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER SYSTEM .
Fig. 264: Screwing Out Bolt And Disconnecting Refrigerant Pipes

Screw out bolt - A - (tightening torque 20 Nm).

Disconnect refrigerant pipes - B - and - C - from connecting flange of refrigerant pipes to Heating and
A/C unit and seal open connections.
NOTE: Seal open connections at connecting flange of refrigerant pipes to Heating

and A/C unit and refrigerant pipes - B - and - C - (to prevent ingress of dirt
and moisture).
Installing
Fig. 265: Screwing Out Bolt And Disconnecting Refrigerant Pipes

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 371
Check socket - F - for damage.

Check guide ring - H - at connections of both refrigerant pipes - B - and - C
- for damage.
Insert appropriate O-ring ( - D - and - E - ) in groove - J - at connections of
both refrigerant pipes - B - and - C -.
Install refrigerant pipes - B - and - C - such that they are not strained.
Install bolt - A - (tightening torque 20 Nm).
Check correct installation of socket - F -.
After connecting refrigerant pipes and installing brake master cylinder,
check pipe penetration - G - and position of refrigerant pipes - B - and - C -
(no contact with other components).
VAS 5051 A/5052.
Evaporator, removing and installing

Commercially available compressed-air gun (with rubber mouthpiece)
Cut-proof gloves
Rigid sharp pointed knife (e.g. strong carpet knife)
Preparation for evaporator removal
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 372
engine being cold.
Dissipate pressure in coolant circuit by opening cap at coolant expansion
tank Relevant engine, mechanics
.
cold.
SYSTEM .

Dia. 3094.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 373

core).
25mm Dia. 3094.

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 374
Heater Core

Seal coolant hose - B - with plug - E -.

Remove glove compartment --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
Remove storage compartment beneath instrument panel on drivers side --> 68 - INTERIOR
EQUIPMENT .
Remove center console side trim on right and left --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 375
On right side, remove holder - A - for glove compartment --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
Remove air duct to right footwell vent - B - (for front passengers side).

On left side, remove holder - A - for trim beneath instrument panel --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
Remove air duct to left footwell vent - B - (for drivers side).
NOTE: In model year 2005, the mount of air channel to footwell vent - B - has been
changed (gradual introduction), the upper bolt - C - must then no longer be
removed, the air channel is clipped in with retaining tabs - A -.
Remove pedal cluster --> 46 - BRAKES - MECHANICAL COMPONENTS .
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 376
Protect floor covering in area of transmission tunnel on right beneath connection for coolant pipe - D -
under heater core with impermeable sheeting and absorbent paper.
Remove holder - A - for coolant pipe - D -.
Remove clamp - E -.
Position vessel beneath connection for coolant pipe - D - at heater core to catch any coolant escaping.
Fig. 274: Disconnect Coolant Hoses From Connections And Removing Socket
After marking (to prevent interchange), disconnect coolant hoses from connections - B - and - C -.
Remove socket - A -.
Depending on vehicle equipment, remove electrical control modules and possibly corresponding holders
impeding evaporator removal (e.g. Front Information Display Control Head Control Module J523 ) --> 91
- COMMUNICATION .
Removing
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 377
Perform preparatory work for evaporator removal.
Fig. 275: Identifying Heat Insulation, Bolts, Evaporator, And Connecting Flange
Remove heat insulation - A - from connecting flange of refrigerant pipes at evaporator - E - (on left of
Heating and A/C unit).
Remove bolts - B -.
Disconnect connecting flange - C - (of refrigerant pipes) from connecting flange - D - (at evaporator - E -
).
Fig. 276: Identifying Bolts, Coolant Pipe, Housing Wall, Parting Line, And Flange
Loosen bolt - A - at holder for coolant pipes (on right of Heating and A/C unit, do not remove) and lay
aside coolant pipe - D -.
Wear cut-proof gloves (to protect hands when cutting out housing wall of Heating and A/C unit).
Use sharp knife (e.g. strong pointed carpet knife with blade safely and firmly attached in handle) to cut
housing wall - B - and - C - (on right of Heating and A/C unit) at parting line - E - out of Heating and
A/C unit.
NOTE:
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 378
Take care not to damage flange - F - (seals Heating and A/C unit service
cover).
Fig. 277: Pulling Evaporator To Right Out Of Heating And A/C Unit
Pull evaporator - E - to right out of Heating and A/C unit.
NOTE: If evaporator is stuck in Heating and A/C unit because of the all-round
rubber seal, remove dust and pollen filter if necessary --> Dust and pollen
filter, removing and installing to gain a firmer grip on evaporator.
Installing
Before installing evaporator Refrigerant R134a - Servicing
Clean mounting slot for evaporator in Heating and A/C unit - A -.

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 379
Check both connections - C - and - D - in evaporator connecting flange of refrigerant pipes - B - for dirt
and damage and clean if necessary.
NOTE: Replacement of refrigerant pipes - B - with evaporator connecting flange

involves removing air intake unit and disconnecting refrigerant pipes to
Heating and A/C unit.
Before installing evaporator, check openings of condensate drains - F -
(on left and right in Heating and A/C unit) for dirt and clean if necessary.
Fig. 279: Identifying Plastic Tray, Evaporator, Rubber Seal, Connecting Flange, And O-Rings
Install plastic tray - C - to evaporator - A -.

Install all-round rubber seal - B - to evaporator - A - , paying attention to correct positioning at evaporator
connecting flange - D -.
Replace O-rings - E - and - F - at connections - D - at evaporator - A - , version Parts List.
Pay attention to correct positioning of O-rings - E - and - F - in groove in
connecting pipes at evaporator connecting flange - D -.
The evaporator removed contains refrigerant oil, which must be returned
to refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Moisten rubber seal - B - at bottom and top of evaporator with a small
quantity of lubricant (e.g. soap solution).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 380
Carefully install evaporator - E - in slot - A - of Heating and A/C unit, taking care not to damage
evaporator connections.
Check position of evaporator connecting flange - D - (must be flush with housing of Heating and A/C unit
- A - ).
Fig. 281: Identifying Heat Insulation, Bolts, Evaporator, And Connecting Flange
Check connecting flange of refrigerant pipes - C - and connecting flange at evaporator - D - for dirt and
damage.
Assemble connecting flange - C - (of refrigerant pipes) and connecting flange - D - at evaporator - E -.
Install bolts - B - (tightening torque 10 Nm).
Re-insulate connecting flange area at evaporator (from which insulation has been removed) with a section
of self-adhesive thermal insulation mat - A -.
NOTE: Thermal insulation mat is available as replacement item Parts List.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 381
Fig. 282: Identifying Groove, Cover, And Bolts

Fill groove - B - in bottom part of service cover - A - with silicone adhesive sealant D176 001 A3 for
example.
NOTE: Replacement service covers - A - are available with 7 bolts - C - Parts List.
If Heating and A/C unit/service cover connection is not sealed, condensate
may escape from Heating and A/C unit into footwell for example when
cornering.
Install service cover - A - over evaporator slot of Heating and A/C unit.
Re-install components removed in reverse order except lower instrument
panel trim (drivers side), glove compartment and plenum chamber cover.
Coolant circuit must be bled before starting up Coolant Pump V50 (in
pump valve unit)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 382

bleeding of heater cores. If air bubbles remain in heater core, complaints
.
Check correct positioning of sockets in coolant pipe penetrations from
plenum chamber to passenger compartment.

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 383
After filling refrigerant circuit, check refrigerant pipe joints in plenum chamber and at evaporator for
leaks e.g. with an electronic leak detector Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Capacities
Evacuating and filling refrigerant circuit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
NOTE: Always fill refrigerant circuit as far as upper tolerance limit (some
refrigerant remains in filler hoses) Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Refrigerant circuit is only to be filled with approved refrigerant oils Parts
List. Different types of refrigerant oil are specified for Zexel, Sanden and
Denso compressors Refrigerant R134a - Servicing and Parts List.
Refrigerant oil G 052 300 A2 is currently to be used for Denso
compressors Parts List and Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
Refrigerant oil (PAG oil) from containers which have been open for a long
time absorbs moisture and is no longer to be used.
Further information Refrigerant R134a - Servicing
Refrigerant R134a capacities for Audi A6 (4F_) 2005 -->
Characteristics of refrigerant circuit:
Restrictor (red colored)

Reservoir
"Denso" compressor with A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 (without A/C clutch)
Vehicle model Production period Capacity in grams Differing characteristics of this refrigerant circuit
Audi A6 04.04 onwards 530 + / - 20 Red colored restrictor
NOTE: Replacement restrictors with different holes are available (yellow colored
1.54 mm, red colored 1.42 mm).
Depending on manufacturer, color of red restrictor may tend more towards
orange.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 384
To avoid altering the cooling output of the air conditioner, only red colored
restrictors are to be installed.
Different compressors are installed depending on model Air conditioning
and Parts List.
Refrigerant oil capacities for Audi A6 (4F_) 2005 -->
Characteristics of refrigerant circuit:
Restrictor
Reservoir
"Denso" compressor with A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 Air conditioning and Parts List
Vehicle Production Total quantity of oil in refrigerant Quantity of refrigerant oil in replacement
model period circuit in cm 3 compressor in cm 3
Audi A6 04.04 onwards 130 + / -10 130 + / - 10
NOTE: The replacement compressor contains the full quantity of oil intended for
the refrigerant circuit. On replacement, the quantity of oil in the
compressor is therefore to be adjusted.
The Audi A6 is installed with different compressors depending on the
engine and production period.
As there are different replacement versions of this compressor, the exact
part no. must be observed Air conditioning and Parts List.
The compressor may have been installed at the factory with a rating plate
indicating the part number and the quantity of refrigerant oil in the
compressor.
HEATING AND A/C UNIT, REMOVING AND INSTALLING
Heating and A/C unit, removing and installing
Hose Clamps Up To 25mm Dia. 3094

Commercially available compressed-air gun (with rubber mouthpiece)
Preparation for removing Heating and A/C unit
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 385

engine being cold.
If necessary, obtain radio anti-theft code before disconnecting battery.
On vehicles with electrically adjustable seats, move seats to rearmost
position before disconnecting battery.
Move electrically operated seats to rearmost position.
Place protective covers over drivers and front passengers seats.
Disconnect Ground (GND) connection from battery --> 27 - STARTER,
GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL
Remove center console and instrument panel --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .


Remove central tube of instrument panel (instrument panel cross member) --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .
Dissipate pressure in coolant circuit by opening cap at coolant expansion tank -->
(S): BKH
CODE(S): BAT, BNK
CODE(S): BVJ
ENGINE CODE(S): BXA
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 386

Dia. 3094.

core).
25mm Dia. 3094.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 387

Heater Core

Seal coolant hose - B - with plug - E -.

Disconnect refrigerant pipe from connection to Heating and A/C unit --> Refrigerant pipes,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 388
Fig. 289: Identifying Coolant Pipes And Sockets

After marking (to prevent interchange), disconnect coolant hoses from coolant pipes - A - , - B - and - C -
.
Remove sockets - E - and - F - from coolant pipes.
Remove socket - H - from connecting flange of refrigerant pipes - D -.
Remove socket - G - of air duct to Heating and A/C unit.
Removing
Perform preparatory work for removing Heating and A/C unit --> Preparation for removing Heating
and A/C unit.
NOTE: On removal, note down bolt lengths and assignment for re-installation.
All cable ties and other wiring harness fasteners released or cut open on
removing Heating and A/C unit are to be re-installed in same position on
installation.
Remove air duct to vents in center console --> Air routing and air
distribution in passenger compartment.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 389

Remove bolts - C -.
Remove air duct to right footwell vent - B - (for front passengers side).

Remove bolts - C -.
Remove air duct to left footwell vent - B - (for drivers side).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:52 AM Page 390
NOTE: In model year 2005, the mount of air channel to footwell vent - B - has been
changed (gradual introduction), the upper bolt - C - must then no longer be
removed, the air channel is clipped in with retaining tabs - A -.

Remove both condensate drains of Heating and A/C unit - A - --> Condensate drain hose, checking,
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 391
Fig. 294: Removing Cable Duct From Heating And A/C Unit
Remove cable duct - A - from Heating and A/C unit (held in position by way of fasteners - B - ).
Fig. 295: Removing Bolts And Folding Back Holders

Remove bolts - B - (on left and right at transmission tunnel) and fold back holders - A -.
Remove Heating and A/C unit.
Installing
NOTE: On inserting Heating and A/C unit, pay attention to wiring to control
motors and seals (must not be trapped or damaged by studs).
Check all seals and replace if necessary Parts List.
Make sure coolant hoses are properly connected to heater core.
Secure all hose connections with standard hose clamps/clips or approved
replacement parts Parts List.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 392
Install Heating and A/C unit.

Install central tube of instrument panel (instrument panel cross member) --
> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .
Install holders between Heating and A/C unit and central tube of
instrument panel insert --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .
Fig. 296: Removing Bolts And Folding Back Holders

Fold holders - A - towards transmission tunnel and install bolts - B - (on left and right at transmission
tunnel).
Fig. 297: Identifying Moveable Holders Attached To Heating And A/C Unit And Splines
NOTE: Moveable holders - A - attached to Heating and A/C unit and splines - B -
provide compensation for tolerance fluctuations and permit alignment of
Heating and A/C unit with transmission tunnel.
Re-install components removed in reverse order except lower instrument
panel trim (drivers side), glove compartment and plenum chamber cover.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 393
Coolant circuit must be bled before starting up Coolant Pump V50 (in
pump valve unit).
bleeding of heater cores. If air bubbles remain in heater cores, complaints
.
Check correct positioning of sockets in coolant pipe penetrations and at
connecting flange of refrigerant pipes from plenum chamber to passenger
compartment.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 394

After filling refrigerant circuit, check refrigerant pipe joints in plenum chamber and at evaporator for
leaks e.g. with an electronic leak detector Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
AIR CONDITIONER UNIT, DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
Air conditioner unit, disassembly and assembly
NOTE: On removing, mark the various control motors and the corresponding
connecting elements between flap and motor to avoid interchange with
If connecting elements are interchanged, control motors with incorrect
connecting elements do not attain specified end position and DTC "upper
or lower limit value exceeded" may be displayed in DTC memory after
Basic Setting.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 395
On disconnecting, mark the various connectors to the control motors to

avoid interchange with identical connectors and control motors.
The control motor housings are currently identical (exception: Rear
Footwell Vent Motor V112 ). The shaft of each motor is however positioned
differently as a result of different connecting elements and installation of
connecting element may not be possible if this has been interchanged.
Heating and A/C unit and air intake unit are installed with different control
motors with different electrical values (e.g. potentiometer with adjustment
range of 120 ° or 150 ° ) and part number indices ( at start of production e.g.
no index, index "A" or index "B" ) Parts List. Control motors are therefore
to be marked prior to removal to avoid interchange.
Moisten guides of connecting elements as well as pins and toothed
segments at flap levers with small quantity of grease G 000 150 .
Refrigerant circuit must be drained before removing Heating and A/C unit
Removing and installing Heating and A/C unit --> Heating and A/C unit,
Heating and A/C unit, disassembling and assembling
NOTE: Before disassembling, remove heating system heater core from Heating
and A/C unit --> Housing for evaporator and heater core, disassembling
and assembling and unplug connector from Evaporator Vent Temperature
Sensor G263.
Fig. 299: Identifying Radial Seal Connections

seal between connections on heater core and coolant pipes was converted as a running change in
production from an axial/radial seal - A - and - B - to a radial seal - D - and - E - , make sure the version
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 396
is correct when replacing the heater core Parts Catalog and O-ring seal - C - is in the correct installation
position.

On vehicles with a radial seal on coolant pipes - B - to heater core, a plastic clamp - A - may also be
installed instead of screw clip Parts Catalog.
Refrigerant circuit must be drained before removing Heating and A/C unit Refrigerant R134a - Servicing.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 397
Fig. 301: Identifying Housing For Evaporator And Heater Core, Air Distributor Housing, Heating And
A/C Unit Wiring Harness, Clip, And Bolt
1 - Housing for evaporator and heater core

Disassembling and assembling --> Housing for evaporator and heater core, disassembling and
assembling
2 - Air distributor housing
Removing and installing electrical components with housing in position --> Electrical components of
Heating and A/C unit (with Heating and A/C unit in position), removing and installing
Removing electrical components and corresponding connecting elements from air distributor housing/re-
installing --> Electrical components and corresponding connecting elements, removing from air
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 398
distributor housing/re-installing
3 - Heating and A/C unit wiring harness
Mark the various connectors before unplugging to avoid interchange with identical connectors and
control motors.
NOTE: The Heating and A/C unit wiring harness has various identical connectors
4 - Clip
5 - Bolt
Housing for evaporator and heater core, disassembling and assembling
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 399
Fig. 302: Housing For Evaporator And Heater Core

1 - Bottom part of housing
2 - Top part of housing
3 - Slot cover for dust and pollen filter
4 - Dust and pollen filter
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 400
5 - Socket
Air emerging from air intake unit is routed into Heating and A/C unit through this socket
Socket is clipped into plenum chamber back wall; checking --> Air intake unit, removing and installing
6 - Service cover
7 - Evaporator
With rubber seal, plastic tray and O-rings --> Evaporator, removing and installing
8 - Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263
Removing and installing --> Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 , removing and installing
9 - Bolt
10 - Holder for right heater core
11 - Holder for coolant pipe to heater core
12 - Holder for Heating and A/C unit at transmission tunnel
This holder is used to compensate for positional tolerance between Heating and A/C unit and
transmission tunnel
13 - Holder
14 - Clip
Replace
Special service version Parts List
15 - O-ring
Replace Parts List

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 401
17 - Coolant pipe
Supply from pump valve unit to right side of heater core

18 - Coolant pipe
Supply from pump valve unit to left side of heater core

19 - Bolt
20 - Holder for coolant pipe
21 - Holder for coolant pipe
22 - Holder for left heater core
23 - Clip
Replace
Special service version Parts List
24 - O-ring
Replace Parts List
25 - Coolant pipe
Return from heater core to engine

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 402
26 - Holder for left coolant pipes
27 - Holder for left coolant pipe (return)
28 - Bolt
29 - Holder for refrigerant pipes
30 - Heat insulation
Self-adhesive
For connecting flange of refrigerant pipes at evaporator Parts List
31 - Bolt
32 - Refrigerant pipes
From connecting flange in plenum chamber to evaporator

With heat insulation
33 - O-ring
Replace Parts List
34 - O-ring
Replace Parts List
Electrical components and corresponding connecting elements, removing from air distributor housing/re-installing
NOTE: On removing, mark the various control motors and the corresponding
connecting elements between flap and motor to avoid interchange with
On disconnecting, mark the various connectors to the control motors to
avoid interchange with identical connectors and control motors.
If connecting elements are interchanged, control motors with incorrect
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 403
connecting elements do not attain specified end position and DTC "upper
or lower limit value exceeded" may be displayed in DTC memory after
Basic Setting.
The control motor housings are currently identical (exception: Rear
Footwell Vent Motor V112 ). The shaft of each motor is however positioned
differently as a result of different connecting elements and installation of
connecting element may not be possible if this has been interchanged.
Heating and A/C unit and air intake unit are installed with different control
motors with different electrical values (e.g. potentiometer with adjustment
range of 120 ° or 150 ° ) and part number indices ( at start of production e.g.
no index, index "A" or index "B" ) Parts List. Control motors are therefore
to be marked prior to removal to avoid interchange.
Moisten guides of connecting elements as well as pins and toothed
segments at flap levers with small quantity of grease G 000 150 .
Fig. 303: Electrical Components And Corresponding Connecting Elements

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 404
1 - Air distributor housing
Not to be further disassembled
2 - Connecting element (shaft/control motor)
Mark prior to removal to avoid interchange

Removing and installing --> Connecting elements, removing and installing to the various Heating
and A/C unit flaps
3 - Defroster Flap Motor V107
With Defroster Flap Motor Position Sensor G135

Removing and installing --> Defroster Flap Motor V107 , removing and installing
4 - Bolt
5 - Connecting element (to control motor)

6 - Right Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V238
Right Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V238 has an integrated Right Front Upper Body Outlet Position
Sensor G388.
7 - Connecting element (to shaft)

and A/C unit flaps
8 - Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151
Removing and installing --> Right Vent Temperature Sensor G151 , removing and installing
Not for USA
10 - Rubber bush
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 405
11 - Bolt
12 - Front Cold Air Flap Motor V197
With Front Cold Air Flap Motor Position Sensor G315



and A/C unit flaps
15 - Rear Footwell Vent Motor V112
With Rear Footwell Vent Motor Position Sensor G141


17 - Right Footwell Flap Motor V109
Right Footwell Flap Motor V109 has an integrated Right Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor G140.
Removing and installing --> Right Footwell Flap Motor V109 , removing and installing

and A/C unit flaps

and A/C unit flaps
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 406
20 - Left Footwell Flap Motor V108
With Left Footwell Flap Motor Position Sensor G139

This control motor is only installed on vehicles with control and display unit, Climatronic Control
Module J255
Removing and installing --> Left Footwell Flap Motor V108 , removing and installing
21 - Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191
Removing and installing --> Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 , removing and installing
The Center Outlet Temperature Sensor G191 is being gradually discontinued, therefore pay attention to
correct assignment of Climatronic Control Module J255 (different versions) Parts Catalog
22 - Air duct to center instrument panel vents
Integrated grille helps to improve swirl and mixing of air flow

This air duct is available as a replacement part with and without opening for mounting of Center Outlet
Temperature Sensor G191 Parts Catalog. Close mounting opening or open mounting opening by breaking
out the plastic at the locations marked, depending on the vehicle equipment

and A/C unit flaps
24 - Center Vent Adjustment Motor V102
With Center Vent Motor Position Sensor G138

Removing and installing --> Center Vent Adjustment Motor V102 , removing and installing
25 - Connecting element (control motor/connecting rod)
26 - Connecting rod
27 - Connecting element (shaft/connecting rod)
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 407
28 - Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor V213
With Indirect Ventilation Flap Motor Position Sensor G330
Module J255.
29 - Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150
Removing and installing --> Left Vent Temperature Sensor G150 , removing and installing

and A/C unit flaps

32 - Left Front Upper Body Outlet Motor V237
Module J255
Connecting elements, removing and installing to the various Heating and A/C unit flaps
Removing
Remove relevant control motor --> Electrical components of Heating and A/C unit (with Heating and
A/C unit in position), removing and installing (removing and installing electrical components of
Heating and A/C unit with unit in position).
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 408
Fig. 304: Identifying Connecting Element And Knurled Wheel

Insert Release Tool T40072 - A - as shown in openings - E - of connecting element - C -.
NOTE: Due to the different types of connecting element - C - , it is not always

possible to insert special Release Tool T40072 - A - to the same depth.
Press special Release Tool T40072 in direction of connecting element - C -
and release fasteners - D - by turning knurled wheel - B - in direction of
arrow.
Pull connecting element - C - out of Heating and A/C unit.
Installing
Fig. 305: Identifying Connecting Element, Flap, And Retainer Tabs

FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 409
Moisten mount of connecting element - A - in Heating and A/C unit with small quantity of grease G 000
150 .
NOTE: Fig. shows connecting element at flap for center vent.

Check position of flap - E - in Heating and A/C unit, taking care to also
ensure that flap is properly located in second mount.
Check retainer tabs - D - at connecting element - C - for damage.
Insert connecting element - C - in mount - B - of flap - E - , paying attention
to grooves of connecting element - C - and lugs in flap mount.
Check engagement of connecting element - C - in Heating and A/C unit.
Check freedom of movement of flap - E - and connecting element - C -.
FIXYOURCAR
2:24:53 AM Page 410

87 Air Conditioning

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

87 Air Conditioning

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

87 Air Conditioning

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Audi A6 Quattro

HVAC Heating Air Conditioning

Heating Air Conditioning

01 - ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD)

Air conditioner On Board Diagnostics (OBD)

On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data

DTC memory is of nonvolatile type and is thus independent of power supply.

Diagnostic operation system VAS 5051 A

Diagnostic operation Ignition on,

system/Vehicle diagnosis service

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD), PROCEDURE

Vehicle power supply OK

NOTE: The various functions of the Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle

Fig. 1: Connecting Data Link Connector (DLC)

Fig. 2: Diagnostic System VAS 5051: Display

Select "Vehicle Self-Diagnosis" function on Diagnostic operation system/Vehicle diagnosis service

Fig. 3: Identifying Vehicle System Selection Prompt & "Scrolling" Bar

Select vehicle system required:

NOTE: Vehicle system selection prompt appears in display zone - 1 -.

NOTE: Control module identification now appears in display zone - 2 - of

Control module identification (in display zone - 2 - , example)

Distinction between the following versions at the start of

Distinction by way of part number

Part no. 4F1 820 043 X for left-hand drive vehicles

Distinction by way of part number index

CHECK DTC MEMORY

Check DTC memory

Select function "02 - Check DTC memory".

Number of stored DTCs appears in display zone - 1 -.

NOTE: Touch <-- key to return to selection program.

lamp cannot for example be switched off) --> Basic Setting.

End output (function 06).

OUTPUT DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE (DTM)

Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), initiating

Note the following as regards Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM):

Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), procedure

NOTE: Switch on ignition (actuation of A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 is

Select function "03 - Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)".

NOTE: This display, showing measured value block assigned to corresponding

Basic Setting, initiating

Basic Setting in display group "002" continues until ignition is switched

Basic Setting, procedure

Select function "04 - Basic Setting".

Prompt for entering display group appears in display zone - 1 -.

Example of display and sequence after selecting display group "001"

Activate function for example by pressing appropriate button on tester display.

Fig. 17: Identifying Activated Control Motors & Feedback Value

Fig. 18: Identifying Activated Control Motors & Feedback Value

Fig. 19: Identifying Activated Control Motors & Feedback Value

Touching the keys - 2 - permits switching to a different display group.

Check DTC memory --> Check DTC memory.

NOTE: If a malfunction has been detected and eliminated, Basic Setting is to be

List of available display groups

List of available display groups

Display Basic Setting performed Function

On activation of "Basic Setting" function,

The measured values of the various

exceeded" are stored in control and Climatronic Control Module J255.

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) MEMORY, ERASING AND ENDING OUTPUT